Add -h switch to zfs send command to send dataset holds. If
holds are present in the stream, zfs receive will create them
on the target dataset, unless the zfs receive -h option is used
to skip receive of holds.
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7513
Deletion throttle currently does not account for holes in a file.
This means that it can activate when it shouldn't.
To fix it we switch the throttle to be based on the number of
L1 blocks we will have to dirty when freeing
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#7725Closes#7888
This patch is an async implementation of the existing sync
zfs_unlinked_drain() function. This function is called at mount time and
is responsible for freeing znodes that we didn't get to freeing before.
We don't have to hold mounting of the dataset until the unlinked list is
fully drained as is done now. Since we can process the unlinked set
asynchronously this results in a better user experience when mounting a
dataset with entries in the unlinked set.
Reviewed by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#8142
Due to an off-by-one condition in spa_preferred_class() we are picking
the "normal" allocation class instead of the "special" one for file
blocks with size equal to the special_small_blocks property value.
This change fix the small code issue, update the ZFS Test Suite and the
zfs(8) man page.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8351Closes#8361
Currently the point of -L option in zdb is to disable leak
tracing and the loading of space maps because they are expensive,
yet still do leak detection in terms of space. Unfortunately,
there is a scenario where this is a lie. If we are using zdb -L
on a pool where a vdev is being removed, zdb_claim_removing()
will open the metaslab space maps of that device.
This patch makes it so zdb -L skips leak detection altogether
and ensures that no space maps are loaded.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8335
= Old behavior
For vdev sizes 100GB to 50TB we keep ~200 metaslabs per
vdev and the metaslab size grows from 512MB to 256GB.
For vdev's bigger than that we start increasing the
number of metaslabs until we hit the 128K limit.
= New Behavior
For vdev sizes 100GB to 3TB we keep ~200 metaslabs per
vdev and the metaslab size grows from 512MB to 16GB.
For vdev's bigger than that we start increasing the
number of metaslabs until we hit the 128K limit.
= Reasoning
The old behavior makes metaslabs grow in size when
the vdev range is between 3TB (ms_size 16GB) and
32PB (ms_size 256GB). Even though keeping the number
of metaslabs is good in terms of potential number of
I/Os per TXG, these bigger metaslabs take longer
to be loaded and after they are loaded they can
take up a lot of memory because of their range trees.
This change tries to put a boundary in memory and
loading time for the specific range of vdev sizes.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8324
When `zpool iostat` fills the terminal the headers should be
printed again. `zpool iostat -n` can be used to suppress this.
If the command is not attached to a tty, headers will not be
printed so as to not break existing scripts.
Reviewed-by: Joshua M. Clulow <josh@sysmgr.org>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Damian Wojsław <damian@wojslaw.pl>
Closes#8235Closes#8262
Increase the default allowed number of reconstruction attempts.
There's not an exact right number for this setting. It needs
to be set large enough to cover any realistic failure scenarios
and small enough to avoid stalling the IO pipeline and invoking
the dead man detection.
The current value of 256 was empirically determined to be too
low based on multi-day runs of ztest. The fault injection code
would inject more damage than could be reconstructed given the
relatively small number of attempts. However, in all observed
cases the block could be reconstructed using a slightly higher
limit.
Based on local testing increasing the default value to 4096 was
determined to strike the best balance. Checking all combinations
takes less than 10s in the worst case, and has so far eliminated
the vast majority of false positives detected by ztest. This
delay is roughly on par with how long retries may be performed
to a misbehaving HDD and was deemed to be reasonable. Better to
err on the side of a brief delay rather than fail to reconstruct
the data.
Lastly, the -Y flag has been added to zdb to make it easy to try all
possible combinations when performing split block reconstruction.
For badly damaged blocks with 18 splits, they can be fully enumerated
within a few minutes. This has been done to ensure permanent errors
are never incorrectly reported when ztest verifies the pool with zdb.
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8271
The implementation of 'zfs remap' has proven to be problematic since
it modifies the objset (but not its logical contents) by dirtying
metadata without owning it. The consequence of which is that
dmu_objset_remap_indirects() is vulnerable to certain races.
For example, if we are in the middle of receiving into the filesystem
while it is being remapped. Then it is possible we could evict the
objset when the receive completes (see dsl_dataset_clone_swap_sync_impl,
or dmu_recv_end_sync), but dmu_objset_remap_indirects() may be still
using the objset. The result of which would be a panic.
Extended runs of ztest(8) have exposed other possible races which
can occur when using 'zfs remap'. Several of these have been fixed
but there may be others which have not yet been encountered and
diagnosed.
Furthermore, the ability to manually remap a filesystem is no longer
particularly useful now that the removal code can map large chunks.
Coupled with the fact that explaining what this command does and why
it may be useful requires a detailed understanding of the internals
of device removal. These are details users should not be bothered
with.
Therefore, the 'zfs remap' command is being disabled but not entirely
removed. It may be removed in the future or potentially reworked
to address the issues described above. Since 'zfs remap' has never
been part of a tagged release its removal is expected to have
minimal impact.
The ZTS tests have been updated to continue to exercise the command
to prevent atrophy, but it has been removed entirely from ztest(8).
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8238
Only display the full details of the vdev initialization state
in 'zpool status' output when requested with the -i option.
By default display '(initializing)' after vdevs when they are
being actively initialized. This is consistent with the
established precident of appending '(resilvering), etc' and
fits within the default 80 column terminal width making it
easy to read.
Additionally, updated the 'zpool initialize' documentation to
make it clear the options are mutually exclusive, but allow
duplicate options like all other zfs/zpool commands.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8230
PROBLEM
========
The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms
(e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are
"thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can
create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or
adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is
omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN
have been written.
SOLUTION
=========
This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the
background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty.
When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately,
and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with
concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out
something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme
can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the
vdev). Detailed design:
- new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...]
- start, suspend, or cancel initialization
- Creates new open-context thread for each vdev
- Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev
- Each metaslab:
- select a metaslab
- load the metaslab
- mark the metaslab as being zeroed
- walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate
them to ranges on the leaf vdev
- issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to
a free range on the metaslab we're working on
- continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been
"zeroed"
- reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed
- if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks.
- if no more metaslabs, then we're done.
- progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s
leaf zap object. The following information is stored:
- the last offset that has been initialized
- the state of the initialization process (i.e. active,
suspended, or canceled)
- the start time for the initialization
- progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows
information for each of the vdevs that are initializing
Porting notes:
- Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern
written by "zpool initialize".
- Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options.
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210ebCloses#8230
* Capitalize POSIX in POSIX ACLs. This change makes the POSIX
in POSIX ACLs all caps, which is both correct and consistent with
the rest of the man page.
* Slightly reword part of zfs.8. I tweaked a sentence to add a
missing comma, and as long as I was editing, removed a couple
unnecessary words.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8220
Add an 'enclosure_symlinks' option to vdev_id.conf. This creates
consistently named symlinks to the enclosure devices (/dev/sg*) based
off the configuration in vdev_id.conf. The enclosure symlinks show
up in /dev/by-enclosure/<prefix>-<channel><num>. The links make it
make it easy to run sg_ses on a particular enclosure device. The
enclosure links are created in addition to the normal
/dev/disk/by-vdev links.
'enclosure_symlinks' is only valid in sas_direct configurations.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Simon Guest <simon.guest@tesujimath.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8194
Porting Notes:
* Add options to zfs-module-parameters(5) man page.
* zfs_nocacheflush move to vdev.c instead of vdev_disk.c, since
the latter doesn't get built for user space.
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Patrick Mooney <patrick.mooney@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9963
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f8fdf68125Closes#8186
* Detect IO errors during device removal
While device removal cannot verify the checksums of individual
blocks during device removal, it can reasonably detect hard IO
errors from the leaf vdevs. Failure to perform this error
checking can result in device removal completing successfully,
but moving no data which will permanently corrupt the pool.
Situation 1: faulted/degraded vdevs
In the configuration shown below, the removal of mirror-0 will
permanently corrupt the pool. Device removal will preferentially
copy data from 'vdev1 -> vdev3' and from 'vdev2 -> vdev4'. Which
in this case will result in nothing being copied since one vdev
in each of those groups in unavailable. However, device removal
will complete successfully since all IO errors are ignored.
tank DEGRADED 0 0 0
mirror-0 DEGRADED 0 0 0
/var/tmp/vdev1 FAULTED 0 0 0 external fault
/var/tmp/vdev2 ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-1 DEGRADED 0 0 0
/var/tmp/vdev3 ONLINE 0 0 0
/var/tmp/vdev4 FAULTED 0 0 0 external fault
This issue is resolved by updating the source child selection
logic to exclude unreadable leaf vdevs. Additionally, unwritable
destination child vdevs which can never succeed are skipped to
prevent generating a large number of write IO errors.
Situation 2: individual hard IO errors
During removal if an unexpected hard IO error is encountered when
either reading or writing the child vdev the entire removal
operation is cancelled. While it may be possible to reconstruct
the data after removal that cannot be guaranteed. The only
strictly safe thing to do is to cancel the removal.
As a future improvement we may want to instead suspend the removal
process and allow the damaged region to be retried. But that work
is left for another time, hard IO errors during the removal process
are expected to be exceptionally rare.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #6900Closes#8161
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#8134
This patch adds a new slow I/Os (-s) column to zpool status to show the
number of VDEV slow I/Os. This is the number of I/Os that didn't
complete in zio_slow_io_ms milliseconds. It also adds a new parsable
(-p) flag to display exact values.
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM SLOW
testpool ONLINE 0 0 0 -
mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 -
loop0 ONLINE 0 0 0 20
loop1 ONLINE 0 0 0 0
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7756Closes#6885
Update zfs-events.5 with info from PSARC 2009/497 regarding ereport fields.
Also updates ZIO_STAGE_* and ZIO_FLAG_* descriptions to match current source.
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Closes#8057
Currently, if a resilver is triggered for any reason while an
existing one is running, zfs will immediately restart the existing
resilver from the beginning to include the new drive. This causes
problems for system administrators when a drive fails while another
is already resilvering. In this case, the optimal thing to do to
reduce risk of data loss is to wait for the current resilver to end
before immediately replacing the second failed drive, which allows
the system to operate with two incomplete drives for the minimum
amount of time.
This patch introduces the resilver_defer feature that essentially
does this for the admin without forcing them to wait and monitor
the resilver manually. The change requires an on-disk feature
since we must mark drives that are part of a deferred resilver in
the vdev config to ensure that we do not assume they are done
resilvering when an existing resilver completes.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: @mmaybee
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7732
Porting notes:
* Renamed zfs_dirty_data_sync_pct to zfs_dirty_data_sync_percent and
changed the type to be consistent with the other dirty module params.
* Updated zfs-module-parameters.5 accordingly.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9617
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7928f4baCloses#7976
Porting notes:
* Two of the three changes from the upstream patch were already
applied for Linux. Only the last one is required.
Authored by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9763
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/8a702e55Closes#7972
Due to a flaw in 4589f3ae the number of unique combinations
could be calculated incorrectly. This could result in the
random combinations reconstruction being used when it would
have been possible to check all combinations.
This change fixes the unique combinations calculation and
simplifies the reconstruction logic by maintaining a per-
segment list of unique copies.
The vdev_indirect_splits_damage() function was introduced
to validate both the enumeration and random reconstruction
logic with ztest. It is implemented such it will never
make a known recoverable block unrecoverable.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #6900Closes#7934
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7938
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7920
The man pages for zpool and zfs (get command)
listed the pool/dataset parameter as required,
but these are optional. Fixed that.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Gregor Kopka <gregor@kopka.net>
Closes#7916
Update zpool(8) to clarify what type of vdevs may be safely
removed and that the existence of any top-level raidz device
which is part of the primary pool will prevent device removal.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7880Closes#7893
When no permission set is defined for a dataset the create time
permissions are incorrectly shown as if they were a permission set.
This change simply correct how allow permissions are displayed.
This commit also fixes a small manpage formatting issue and adds the
"zfs_allow_003_pos" test case to the ZFS Test Suite.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7519Closes#7860
Allocation Classes add the ability to have allocation classes in a
pool that are dedicated to serving specific block categories, such
as DDT data, metadata, and small file blocks. A pool can opt-in to
this feature by adding a 'special' or 'dedup' top-level VDEV.
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Håkan Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@chamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregor Kopka <gregor@kopka.net>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#5182
Assertion failed in arc_buf_destroy() when concurrently reading
block with checksum error.
Porting notes:
* The ability to zinject decompression errors has been added, but
this only works at the zio_decompress() level, where we have all
of the info we need to match against the user's zinject options.
* The decompress_fault test has been added to test the new zinject
functionality
* We attempted to set zio_decompress_fail_fraction to (1 << 18) in
ztest for further test coverage. Although this did uncover a few
low priority issues, this unfortuantely also causes ztest to
ASSERT in many locations where the code is working correctly since
it is designed to fail on IO errors. Developers can manually set
this variable with the '-o' option to find and debug issues.
Authored by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9403
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/fa98e487a9Closes#7822
The following patch introduces a few statistics on reads and writes
grouped by dataset. These statistics are implemented as kstats
(backed by aggregate sums for performance) and can be retrieved by
using the dataset objset ID number. The motivation for this change is
to provide some preliminary analytics on dataset usage/performance.
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#7705
This change simply documents the existing "scripted mode" option in
both command help and man page.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7798
One small integration that was absent from b52563 was
support for zfs recv -o / -x with regards to encryption
parameters. The main use cases of this are as follows:
* Receiving an unencrypted stream as encrypted without
needing to create a "dummy" encrypted parent so that
encryption can be inheritted.
* Allowing users to change their keylocation on receive,
so long as the receiving dataset is an encryption root.
* Allowing users to explicitly exclude or override the
encryption property from an unencrypted properties stream,
allowing it to be received as encrypted.
* Receiving a recursive heirarchy of unencrypted datasets,
encrypting the top-level one and forcing all children to
inherit the encryption.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7650
Porting notes:
* As of grub-2.02 these checksums are not supported. However, as
pointed out in #6501 there are alternatives such as EFISTUB which
work and have no such restriction. A warning was added to the
checksum property section of the zfs.8 man page.
Authored by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Reviewed by: C Fraire <cfraire@me.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuripv@yuripv.net>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/8906
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7dec52fCloses#6501Closes#7714
This project's goal is to make read-heavy channel programs and zfs(1m)
administrative commands faster by caching all the metadata that they will
need in the dbuf layer. This will prevent the data from being evicted, so
that any future call to i.e. zfs get all won't have to go to disk (very
much). There are two parts:
The dbuf_metadata_cache. We identify what to put into the cache based on
the object type of each dbuf. Caching objset properties os
{version,normalization,utf8only,casesensitivity} in the objset_t. The reason
these needed to be cached is that although they are queried frequently,
they aren't stored in a dbuf type which we can easily recognize and cache in
the dbuf layer; instead, we have to explicitly store them. There's already
existing infrastructure for maintaining cached properties in the objset
setup code, so I simply used that.
Performance Testing:
- Disabled kmem_flags
- Tuned dbuf_cache_max_bytes very low (128K)
- Tuned zfs_arc_max very low (64M)
Created test pool with 400 filesystems, and 100 snapshots per filesystem.
Later on in testing, added 600 more filesystems (with no snapshots) to make
sure scaling didn't look different between snapshots and filesystems.
Results:
| Test | Time (trunk / diff) | I/Os (trunk / diff) |
+------------------------+---------------------+---------------------+
| zpool import | 0:05 / 0:06 | 12.9k / 12.9k |
| zfs get all (uncached) | 1:36 / 0:53 | 16.7k / 5.7k |
| zfs get all (cached) | 1:36 / 0:51 | 16.0k / 6.0k |
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9337
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7dec52fCloses#7668
Datasets that are deeply nested (~100 levels) are impractical. We just
put a limit of 50 levels to newly created datasets. Existing datasets
should work without a problem.
The problem can be seen by attempting to create a dataset using the -p
option with many levels:
panic[cpu0]/thread=ffffff01cd282c20: BAD TRAP: type=8 (#df Double fault) rp=ffffffff
fffffffffbc3aa60 unix:die+100 ()
fffffffffbc3ab70 unix:trap+157d ()
ffffff00083d7020 unix:_patch_xrstorq_rbx+196 ()
ffffff00083d7050 zfs:dbuf_rele+2e ()
...
ffffff00083d7080 zfs:dsl_dir_close+32 ()
ffffff00083d70b0 zfs:dsl_dir_evict+30 ()
ffffff00083d70d0 zfs:dbuf_evict_user+4a ()
ffffff00083d7100 zfs:dbuf_rele_and_unlock+87 ()
ffffff00083d7130 zfs:dbuf_rele+2e ()
... The block above repeats once per directory in the ...
... create -p command, working towards the root ...
ffffff00083db9f0 zfs:dsl_dataset_drop_ref+19 ()
ffffff00083dba20 zfs:dsl_dataset_rele+42 ()
ffffff00083dba70 zfs:dmu_objset_prefetch+e4 ()
ffffff00083dbaa0 zfs:findfunc+23 ()
ffffff00083dbb80 zfs:dmu_objset_find_spa+38c ()
ffffff00083dbbc0 zfs:dmu_objset_find+40 ()
ffffff00083dbc20 zfs:zfs_ioc_snapshot_list_next+4b ()
ffffff00083dbcc0 zfs:zfsdev_ioctl+347 ()
ffffff00083dbd00 genunix:cdev_ioctl+45 ()
ffffff00083dbd40 specfs:spec_ioctl+5a ()
ffffff00083dbdc0 genunix:fop_ioctl+7b ()
ffffff00083dbec0 genunix:ioctl+18e ()
ffffff00083dbf10 unix:brand_sys_sysenter+1c9 ()
Porting notes:
* Added zfs_max_dataset_nesting module option with documentation.
* Updated zfs_rename_014_neg.ksh for Linux.
* Increase the zfs.sh stack warning to 15K. Enough time has passed
that 16K can be reasonably assumed to be the default value. It
was increased in the 3.15 kernel released in June of 2014.
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9330
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/757a75aCloses#7681
Motivation
==========
The current space map encoding has the following disadvantages:
[1] Assuming 512 sector size each entry can represent at most 16MB for a segment.
This makes the encoding very inefficient for large regions of space.
[2] As vdev-wide space maps have started to be used by new features (i.e.
device removal, zpool checkpoint) we've started imposing limits in the
vdevs that can be used with them based on the maximum addressable offset
(currently 64PB for a top-level vdev).
New encoding
============
The layout can be found at space_map.h and it remains backwards compatible with
the old one. The introduced two-word entry format, besides extending the limits
imposed by the single-entry layout, also includes a vdev field and some extra
padding after its prefix.
The extra padding after the prefix should is reserved for future usage (e.g.
new prefixes for future encodings or new fields for flags). The new vdev field
not only makes the space maps more self-descriptive, but also opens the doors
for pool-wide space maps (expected to be used in the log spacemap project).
One final important note is that the number of bits used for vdevs is reduced
to 24 bits for blkptrs. That was decided as we don't know of any setups that
use more than 16M vdevs for the time being and we wanted to fit the vdev field
in the space map. In addition that gives us some extra bits in dva_t.
Other references:
=================
The new encoding is also discussed towards the end of the Log Space Map
presentation from 2017's OpenZFS summit.
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jj2IxRkl5bQ
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/90a56e6d
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9238Closes#7665
The formatting of the features beginning with large_blocks was broken
when the zpool_checkpoint feature was added.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7658
Add checkpoint field in the default list of the zpool-list man page
Authored by: Eitan Adler <lists@eitanadler.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: kpande <github@tripleback.net>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9521
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c5a860f7bCloses#7658
Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can
be found in this blogpost:
https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/
A lightning talk of this feature can be found here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM
Implementation details can be found in big block comment of
spa_checkpoint.c
Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained
elsewhere:
* renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without
losing meaning
* space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a
parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space
maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable
(space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab
space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all
over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably
not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm
or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a
1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger
block size.
Porting notes:
* The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has
been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function.
* Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write
to block device backed pools.
* ZTS:
* Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg".
* Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in
checkpoint_capacity.
* Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation =
SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed
its attempts to fill the pool
* Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up
the "setup" phase.
* Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid
duplicate pool issues.
* The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known
to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER.
* New module parameters:
zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit,
zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only)
vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev)
vdev_min_ms_count
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8Closes#7570
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: ajs124 <git@ajs124.de>
Closes#7649
This patch adds tunables for modifying the maximum memory limit and
maximum instruction limit that can be specified when running a channel
program.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reviewed-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
External-issue: LX-1085
Closes#7618
zpool and zed place scripts in subdirectories of libexecdir. Some
distributions locate architecture independent scripts in other locations
(e.g. Debian). To avoid these paths getting out of sync, centralize the
definitions.
Build zfs-test's default.cfg by Makefile. Use the new directory
logic building tests/zfs-tests/include/default.cfg.in.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7597
This patch collects some minor inconsistencies and typos in the
documentation, logging and testing infrastructure.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7608
Fixed some highlighting in the zpool man page
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#7596
Minimal changes required to integrate the SPL sources in to the
ZFS repository build infrastructure and packaging.
Build system and packaging:
* Renamed SPL_* autoconf m4 macros to ZFS_*.
* Removed redundant SPL_* autoconf m4 macros.
* Updated the RPM spec files to remove SPL package dependency.
* The zfs package obsoletes the spl package, and the zfs-kmod
package obsoletes the spl-kmod package.
* The zfs-kmod-devel* packages were updated to add compatibility
symlinks under /usr/src/spl-x.y.z until all dependent packages
can be updated. They will be removed in a future release.
* Updated copy-builtin script for in-kernel builds.
* Updated DKMS package to include the spl.ko.
* Updated stale AUTHORS file to include all contributors.
* Updated stale COPYRIGHT and included the SPL as an exception.
* Renamed README.markdown to README.md
* Renamed OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE to LICENSE.
* Renamed DISCLAIMER to NOTICE.
Required code changes:
* Removed redundant HAVE_SPL macro.
* Removed _BOOT from nvpairs since it doesn't apply for Linux.
* Initial header cleanup (removal of empty headers, refactoring).
* Remove SPL repository clone/build from zimport.sh.
* Use of DEFINE_RATELIMIT_STATE and DEFINE_SPINLOCK removed due
to build issues when forcing C99 compilation.
* Replaced legacy ACCESS_ONCE with READ_ONCE.
* Include needed headers for `current` and `EXPORT_SYMBOL`.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
TEST_ZIMPORT_SKIP="yes"
Closes#7556
Merge a minimal version of the zfsonlinux/spl repository in to the
zfsonlinux/zfs repository. Care was taken to prevent file conflicts
when merging and to preserve the spl repository history. The spl
kernel module remains under the GPLv2 license as documented by the
additional THIRDPARTYLICENSE.gplv2 file.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
This commit removes everything from the repository except the core
SPL implementation for Linux. Those files which remain have been
moved to non-conflicting locations to facilitate the merge.
The README.md and associated files have been updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Device removal allocates a new location for each allocated segment on
the disk that's being removed. Each allocation results in one entry in
the mapping table, which maps from old location + length to new
location. When a fragmented disk is removed, this can result in a large
number of mapping entries, and thus a large amount of memory consumed by
the mapping table. In the worst real-world cases, we've seen around 1GB
of RAM per 1TB of storage removed.
We can improve on this situation by allocating larger segments, which
span across both allocated and free regions of the device being removed.
By including free regions in the allocation (and thus mapping), we
reduce the number of mapping entries. For example, if we have a 4K
allocation followed by 1K free and then 4K allocated, we would allocate
4+1+4 = 9KB, and then move the entire region (including allocated and
free parts). In this case we used one mapping where previously we would
have used two, but often the ratio is much higher (up to 20:1 in
real-world use). We then need to mark the regions that were free on the
removing device as free in the new locations, and also obsolete in the
mapping entry.
This method preserves the fragmentation of the removing device, rather
than consolidating its allocated space into a small number of chunks
where possible. But it results in drastic reduction of memory used by
the mapping table - around 20x in the most-fragmented cases.
In the most fragmented real-world cases, this reduces memory used by the
mapping from ~1GB to ~50MB of RAM per 1TB of storage removed. Less
fragmented cases will typically also see around 50-100MB of RAM per 1TB
of storage.
Porting notes:
* Add the following as module parameters:
* zfs_condense_indirect_vdevs_enable
* zfs_condense_max_obsolete_bytes
* Document the following module parameters:
* zfs_condense_indirect_vdevs_enable
* zfs_condense_max_obsolete_bytes
* zfs_condense_min_mapping_bytes
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9486
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/ahrens/illumos/commit/07152e142e44c
External-issue: DLPX-57962
Closes#7536
Generated when building on Ubuntu 18.04. Also ignore the new
dynamically generated zfs-mount-generator.8 man page, and the
module/.cache.mk file.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7534
lib/libzfs/libzfs_mount.c:zfs_add_options provides the canonical
mount options used by a `zfs mount` command. Because we cannot call
`zfs mount` directly from a systemd.mount unit, we mirror that logic
in zfs-mount-generator.
The zed script is updated to cache these properties as well.
Include a mini-tutorial in the manual page, properly substitute
configuration paths in zfs-mount-generator.8.in, and standardize the
Makefile.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7453
Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool
load (and import) process. This includes:
7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions
8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed
7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's
To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the
import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the
pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes
what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config,
and then all the vdevs are opened.
The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects
that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the
pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from
userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree
of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely
operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early
on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was
a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned.
The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it
made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev
configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS
is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be
perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted:
The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that
the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration
is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened.
When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled
to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are
performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev;
when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those
checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs.
This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross
vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool
from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much
safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't,
for instance, register a recent device addition.
With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a
long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level
(i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss
of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import.
Porting notes (ZTS):
* Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import
* The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several
of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not
being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly.
* Set/get tunables using accessor functions.
* Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism.
* Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced
and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be
exported if there is an error.
* Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger
ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's
no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had
already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things,
the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system,
makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to
parted and can make some of the tests fail.
* Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test
configuration now that FILESIZE is larger.
* Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in
a couple tests.
* Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists.
* Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com>
Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123Closes#7459
Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
* Added tuning to man page.
* Test case changes dropped, default behavior unchanged.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9256
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/32356b3c56Closes#7470
This patch adds the ability for zinject to trigger decryption
and authentication faults in the ZIO and ARC layers. This
functionality is exposed via the new "decrypt" error type, which
may be provided for "data" object types.
This patch also refactors some of the core encryption / decryption
functions so that they have consistent prototypes, handle errors
consistently, and do not have unused arguments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7474
The iostat -y and -w descriptions were left in cda0317e,
get them back.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Closes#7479Closes#7483
We should use zfs_dbgmsg instead of spa_dbgmsg. Or at least,
metaslab_condense() should call zfs_dbgmsg because it's important and
rare enough to always log. It's possible that the message in
zio_dva_allocate() would be too high-frequency for zfs_dbgmsg.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Patch Notes:
* Removed ZFS_DEBUG_SPA from zfs-module-parameters.5
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9236
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/cfaba7f668Closes#7467
Authored by: Matt Ahrens <Matt.Ahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9280
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/243952cCloses#7445
Remove duplicate segment copies to minimize the possible search
space for reconstruction. Once reduced an accurate assessment can
be made regarding the difficulty in reconstructing the block.
Also, ztest will now run zdb with
zfs_reconstruct_indirect_combinations_max set to 1000000 in an attempt
to avoid checksum errors.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6900
Mirrors are supposed to provide redundancy in the face of whole-disk
failure and silent damage (e.g. some data on disk is not right, but ZFS
hasn't detected the whole device as being broken). However, the current
device removal implementation bypasses some of the mirror's redundancy.
Note that in no case is incorrect data returned, but we might get a
checksum error when we should have been able to find the right data.
There are two underlying problems:
1. When we remove a mirror device, we only read one side of the mirror.
Since we can't verify the checksum, this side may be silently bad, but
the good data is on the other side of the mirror (which we didn't read).
This can cause the removal to "bake in" the busted data – all copies of
the data in the new location are the same, busted version, while we left
the good version behind.
The fix for this is to read and copy both sides of the mirror. If the
old and new vdevs are mirrors, we will read both sides of the old
mirror, and write each copy to the corresponding side of the new mirror.
(If the old and new vdevs have a different number of children, we will
do this as best as possible.) Even though we aren't verifying checksums,
this ensures that as long as there's a good copy of the data, we'll have
a good copy after the removal, even if there's silent damage to one side
of the mirror. If we're removing a mirror that has some silent damage,
we'll have exactly the same damage in the new location (assuming that
the new location is also a mirror).
2. When we read from an indirect vdev that points to a mirror vdev, we
only consider one copy of the data. This can lead to reduced effective
redundancy, because we might read a bad copy of the data from one side
of the mirror, and not retry the other, good side of the mirror.
Note that the problem is not with the removal process, but rather after
the removal has completed (having copied correct data to both sides of
the mirror), if one side of the new mirror is silently damaged, we
encounter the problem when reading the relocated data via the indirect
vdev. Also note that the problem doesn't occur when ZFS knows that one
side of the mirror is bad, e.g. when a disk entirely fails or is
offlined.
The impact is that reads (from indirect vdevs that point to mirrors) may
return a checksum error even though the good data exists on one side of
the mirror, and scrub doesn't repair all data on the mirror (if some of
it is pointed to via an indirect vdev).
The fix for this is complicated by "split blocks" - one logical block
may be split into two (or more) pieces with each piece moved to a
different new location. In this case we need to read all versions of
each split (one from each side of the mirror), and figure out which
combination of versions results in the correct checksum, and then repair
the incorrect versions.
This ensures that we supply the same redundancy whether you use device
removal or not. For example, if a mirror has small silent errors on all
of its children, we can still reconstruct the correct data, as long as
those errors are at sufficiently-separated offsets (specifically,
separated by the largest block size - default of 128KB, but up to 16MB).
Porting notes:
* A new indirect vdev check was moved from dsl_scan_needs_resilver_cb()
to dsl_scan_needs_resilver(), which was added to ZoL as part of the
sequential scrub work.
* Passed NULL for zfs_ereport_post_checksum()'s zbookmark_phys_t
parameter. The extra parameter is unique to ZoL.
* When posting indirect checksum errors the ABD can be passed directly,
zfs_ereport_post_checksum() is not yet ABD-aware in OpenZFS.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9290
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/591Closes#6900
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1ebCloses#6900
Authored by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andy Stormont <astormont@racktopsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Porting Notes:
* Adopted destroy_dataset in ZTS test cleanup
* Use ksh shebang instead of bash for new tests
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9286
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/723d0c85Closes#7387
The property description has been updated with new algorithms as well.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7377
When using 16MB blocks the send/recv queue's aren't quite big
enough. This change leaves the default 16M queue size which a
good value for most pools. But it additionally ensures that the
queue sizes are at least twice the allowed zfs_max_recordsize.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7365Closes#7404
zfs-mount-generator implements the "systemd generator" protocol,
producing systemd.mount units from the cached outputs of zfs list,
during early boot, integrating with systemd.
Each pool has an indpendent cache of the command
zfs list -H -oname,mountpoint,canmount -tfilesystem -r $pool
which is kept synchronized by the ZEDLET
history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh
Datasets not in the cache will be loaded later in the boot process by
zfs-mount.service, including pools without a cache.
Among other things, this allows for complex mount hierarchies.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7329
Updated the "Intent Log" section of the "zpool" manual page to
properly reflect the actions that may be performed.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Peter Ashford <ashford@accs.com>
Closes#6938Closes#7318
The changes piggyback JSON output support on top of channel programs
(#6558). This way the JSON output support is targeted to scripting
use cases and is easily maintainable since it really only touches
one function (zfs_do_channel_program()).
This patch ports Joyent's JSON nvlist library from illumos to enable
easy JSON printing of channel program output nvlist. To keep the
delta small I also took advantage of the fact that printing in
zfs_do_channel_program() was almost always done before exiting
the program.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#7281
With compressed ARC (bug 6950) we use up to 25% of our CPU to decompress
indirect blocks, under a workload of random cached reads. To reduce this
decompression cost, we would like to increase the size of the dbuf cache so
that more indirect blocks can be stored uncompressed.
If we are caching entire large files of recordsize=8K, the indirect blocks
use 1/64th as much memory as the data blocks (assuming they have the same
compression ratio). We suggest making the dbuf cache be 1/32nd of all memory,
so that in this scenario we should be able to keep all the indirect blocks
decompressed in the dbuf cache. (We want it to be more than the 1/64th that
the indirect blocks would use because we need to cache other stuff in the dbuf
cache as well.)
In real world workloads, this won't help as dramatically as the example above,
but we think it's still worth it because the risk of decreasing performance is
low. The potential negative performance impact is that we will be slightly
reducing the size of the ARC (by ~3%).
Porting Notes:
* Added modules options to zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
* Preserved scaling based on target ARC size rather than max ARC size.
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9188
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/564
Upstream bug: DLPX-46942
Closes#7273
When it's set, a DTL range will be cleared even if its scan/scrub had
errors. This allows to work around resilver/scrub upon import when the
pool has errors.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#7293
Change zfs destroy logic so destroying begins before
the entire list of snapshots is built.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7271
PR #7208 was a patch to allow non-reserved pool names which begin with
mirror, raidz, spare (but do not equal), however we'd rather document
it in the man page for compatibility with other OpenZFS implementations,
to avoid pool names that may not work on non-Linux platforms.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@osnexus.com>
Closes#7216
This patch adds support for acceleration of AES-GCM encryption
with Intel Quick Assist Technology.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chengfeix Zhu <chengfeix.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Weigang Li <weigang.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7282
Change checksum & IO delay ratelimit thresholds from 5/sec to 20/sec.
This allows zed to actually trigger if a bunch of these events arrive in
a short period of time (zed has a threshold of 10 events in 10 sec).
Previously, if you had, say, 100 checksum errors in 1 sec, it would get
ratelimited to 5/sec which wouldn't trigger zed to fault the drive.
Also, convert the checksum and IO delay thresholds to module params for
easy testing.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7252
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: John Eismeier <john.eismeier@gmail.com>
Closes#7237
a05dfd00 (Illumos 5147) has swapped FRAG and EXPANDSZ,
so it's natural to modify these examples.
# zpool list | head -1
NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE EXPANDSZ FRAG CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@osnexus.com>
Closes#7244
* Add a zed script to kick off a scrub after a resilver. The script is
disabled by default.
* Add a optional $PATH (-P) option to zed to allow it to use a custom
$PATH for its zedlets. This is needed when you're running zed under
the ZTS in a local workspace.
* Update test scripts to not copy in all-debug.sh and all-syslog.sh by
default. They can be optionally copied in as part of zed_setup().
These scripts slow down zed considerably under heavy events loads and
can cause events to be dropped or their delivery delayed. This was
causing some sporadic failures in the 'fault' tests.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#4662Closes#7086
This change implements 'zfs send -b' which can be used to send only
received property values whether or not they are overridden by local
settings.
This can be very useful during "restore" operations from a backup pool
because it allows to send only the property values originally sent
from the backup source, even though they were later modified on the
destination either by a 'zfs set' operation, explicit 'zfs inherit' or
overridden during the receive process via 'zfs receive -o|-x'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7156
Currently, the DMU relies on ZIO layer compression to free LO
dnode blocks that no longer have objects in them. However,
raw receives disable all compression, meaning that these blocks
can never be freed. In addition to the obvious space concerns,
this could also cause incremental raw receives to fail to mount
since the MAC of a hole is different from that of a completely
zeroed block.
This patch corrects this issue by adding a special case in
zio_write_compress() which will attempt to compress these blocks
to a hole even if ZIO_FLAG_RAW_ENCRYPT is set. This patch also
removes the zfs_mdcomp_disable tunable, since tuning it could
cause these same issues.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7198
Error injection of EIO or ENXIO simply sets the zio's io_error value,
rather than preventing the read or write from occurring. This is
important information as it affects how the probes must be used.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7172
Project quota is a new ZFS system space/object usage accounting
and enforcement mechanism. Similar as user/group quota, project
quota is another dimension of system quota. It bases on the new
object attribute - project ID.
Project ID is a numerical value to indicate to which project an
object belongs. An object only can belong to one project though
you (the object owner or privileged user) can change the object
project ID via 'chattr -p' or 'zfs project [-s] -p' explicitly.
The object also can inherit the project ID from its parent when
created if the parent has the project inherit flag (that can be
set via 'chattr +P' or 'zfs project -s [-p]').
By accounting the spaces/objects belong to the same project, we
can know how many spaces/objects used by the project. And if we
set the upper limit then we can control the spaces/objects that
are consumed by such project. It is useful when multiple groups
and users cooperate for the same project, or a user/group needs
to participate in multiple projects.
Support the following commands and functionalities:
zfs set projectquota@project
zfs set projectobjquota@project
zfs get projectquota@project
zfs get projectobjquota@project
zfs get projectused@project
zfs get projectobjused@project
zfs projectspace
zfs allow projectquota
zfs allow projectobjquota
zfs allow projectused
zfs allow projectobjused
zfs unallow projectquota
zfs unallow projectobjquota
zfs unallow projectused
zfs unallow projectobjused
chattr +/-P
chattr -p project_id
lsattr -p
This patch also supports tree quota based on the project quota via
"zfs project" commands set as following:
zfs project [-d|-r] <file|directory ...>
zfs project -C [-k] [-r] <file|directory ...>
zfs project -c [-0] [-d|-r] [-p id] <file|directory ...>
zfs project [-p id] [-r] [-s] <file|directory ...>
For "df [-i] $DIR" command, if we set INHERIT (project ID) flag on
the $DIR, then the proejct [obj]quota and [obj]used values for the
$DIR's project ID will be shown as the total/free (avail) resource.
Keep the same behavior as EXT4/XFS does.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fan Yong <fan.yong@intel.com>
TEST_ZIMPORT_POOLS="zol-0.6.1 zol-0.6.2 master"
Change-Id: Ib4f0544602e03fb61fd46a849d7ba51a6005693c
Closes#6290
There are some issues in the zdb -R decompression implementation.
The first is that ZLE can easily decompress non-ZLE streams. So we add
ZDB_NO_ZLE env to make zdb skip ZLE.
The second is the random bytes appended to pabd, pbuf2 stuff. This serve
no purpose at all, those bytes shouldn't be read during decompression
anyway. Instead, we randomize lbuf2, so that we can make sure
decompression fill exactly to lsize by bcmp lbuf and lbuf2.
The last one is the condition to detect fail is wrong.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7099Closes#4984
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
We want to be able to run channel programs outside of synching
context. This would greatly improve performance for channel programs
that just gather information, as they won't have to wait for synching
context anymore.
=== What is implemented?
This feature introduces the following:
- A new command line flag in "zfs program" to specify our intention
to run in open context. (The -n option)
- A new flag/option within the channel program ioctl which selects
the context.
- Appropriate error handling whenever we try a channel program in
open-context that contains zfs.sync* expressions.
- Documentation for the new feature in the manual pages.
=== How do we handle zfs.sync functions in open context?
When such a function is found by the interpreter and we are running
in open context we abort the script and we spit out a descriptive
runtime error. For example, given the script below ...
arg = ...
fs = arg["argv"][1]
err = zfs.sync.destroy(fs)
msg = "destroying " .. fs .. " err=" .. err
return msg
if we run it in open context, we will get back the following error:
Channel program execution failed:
[string "channel program"]:3: running functions from the zfs.sync
submodule requires passing sync=TRUE to lzc_channel_program()
(i.e. do not specify the "-n" command line argument)
stack traceback:
[C]: in function 'destroy'
[string "channel program"]:3: in main chunk
=== What about testing?
We've introduced new wrappers for all channel program tests that
run each channel program as both (startard & open-context) and
expect the appropriate behavior depending on the program using
the zfs.sync module.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8677
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/17a49e15Closes#6558
Authored by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
ZFS channel programs should be able to create snapshots.
In addition to the base snapshot functionality, this entails extra
logic to handle edge cases which were formerly not possible, such as
creating then destroying a snapshot in the same transaction sync.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8600
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/68089b8b
Authored by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
ZFS channel programs should be able to perform a rollback.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8592
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/d46b5ed6
Authored by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
zfs.exists() in channel programs doesn't return any result, and should
have a man page entry. This patch corrects zfs.exists so that it
returns a value indicating if the dataset exists or not. It also adds
documentation about it in the man page.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8605
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1e85e111
Authored by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Ported-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7431
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/dfc11533
Porting Notes:
* The CLI long option arguments for '-t' and '-m' don't parse on linux
* Switched from kmem_alloc to vmem_alloc in zcp_lua_alloc
* Lua implementation is built as its own module (zlua.ko)
* Lua headers consumed directly by zfs code moved to 'include/sys/lua/'
* There is no native setjmp/longjump available in stock Linux kernel.
Brought over implementations from illumos and FreeBSD
* The get_temporary_prop() was adapted due to VFS platform differences
* Use of inline functions in lua parser to reduce stack usage per C call
* Skip some ZFS Test Suite ZCP tests on sparc64 to avoid stack overflow
zfs_arc_p_aggressive_disable is no more. This PR removes docs
and module parameters for zfs_arc_p_aggressive_disable.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Closes#7135
Currently, the ARC exposes 2 tunables (zfs_arc_min_prefetch_ms
and zfs_arc_min_prescient_prefetch_ms) which are documented
to be specified in milliseconds. However, the code actually
uses the values as though they were in seconds. This patch
adjusts the code to match the names and documentation of the
tunables.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7126
Large_blocks feature activation was not consistent with man page,
which erroneously stated that the feature was active when the
recordsize was increased past the stock 128KB. It actually
becomes active when data is written to the dataset.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#6275Closes#7093
* Remove 'zfs snap' from zfs help message (OpenZFS sync)
* Update zfs(8) to suggest 'snap' can be used as an alias for 'snapshot'
* Enforce 80 columns limit in help messages
* Remove zfs_disable_dup_eviction from zfs-module-parameters(5)
* Expose zfs_scan_max_ext_gap as a kernel module parameter.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7087
When we know which devices have the pool we are looking for, sometime
it's better if we can directly pass those device paths to zpool import
instead of letting it to search through all unrelated stuff, which might
take a lot of time if you have hundreds of disks.
This patch allows option -d <dev_path> to zpool import. You can have
multiple pairs of -d <dev_path>, and zpool import will only search
through those devices. For example:
zpool import -d /dev/sda -d /dev/sdb
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7077
The intent of this patch is extend the existing deadman code
such that it's flexible enough to be used by both ztest and
on production systems. The proposed changes include:
* Added a new `zfs_deadman_failmode` module option which is
used to dynamically control the behavior of the deadman. It's
loosely modeled after, but independant from, the pool failmode
property. It can be set to wait, continue, or panic.
* wait - Wait for the "hung" I/O (default)
* continue - Attempt to recover from a "hung" I/O
* panic - Panic the system
* Added a new `zfs_deadman_ziotime_ms` module option which is
analogous to `zfs_deadman_synctime_ms` except instead of
applying to a pool TXG sync it applies to zio_wait(). A
default value of 300s is used to define a "hung" zio.
* The ztest deadman thread has been re-enabled by default,
aligned with the upstream OpenZFS code, and then extended
to terminate the process when it takes significantly longer
to complete than expected.
* The -G option was added to ztest to print the internal debug
log when a fatal error is encountered. This same option was
previously added to zdb in commit fa603f82. Update zloop.sh
to unconditionally pass -G to obtain additional debugging.
* The FM_EREPORT_ZFS_DELAY event which was previously posted
when the deadman detect a "hung" pool has been replaced by
a new dedicated FM_EREPORT_ZFS_DEADMAN event.
* The proposed recovery logic attempts to restart a "hung"
zio by calling zio_interrupt() on any outstanding leaf zios.
We may want to further restrict this to zios in either the
ZIO_STAGE_VDEV_IO_START or ZIO_STAGE_VDEV_IO_DONE stages.
Calling zio_interrupt() is expected to only be useful for
cases when an IO has been submitted to the physical device
but for some reasonable the completion callback hasn't been
called by the lower layers. This shouldn't be possible but
has been observed and may be caused by kernel/driver bugs.
* The 'zfs_deadman_synctime_ms' default value was reduced from
1000s to 600s.
* Depending on how ztest fails there may be no cache file to
move. This should not be considered fatal, collect the logs
which are available and carry on.
* Add deadman test cases for spa_deadman() and zio_wait().
* Increase default zfs_deadman_checktime_ms to 60s.
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6999
Authored by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed by: Alek Pinchuk <pinchuk.alek@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
- Brought #defines in eventdefs.h in line with ZFS on Linux format.
- Updated zfs-events.5 with the new events.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8959
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c862b93eeaCloses#7049
Parameter was removed in d3c2ae1c08
(OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data)
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7043
Replace "percent" with "%", add bold to default values.
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#7018
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <jwk404@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
PROBLEM
=======
There's a race condition that exists if `zil_free_lwb` races with either
`zil_commit_waiter_timeout` and/or `zil_lwb_flush_vdevs_done`.
Here's an example panic due to this bug:
> ::status
debugging crash dump vmcore.0 (64-bit) from ip-10-110-205-40
operating system: 5.11 dlpx-5.2.2.0_2017-12-04-17-28-32b6ba51fb (i86pc)
image uuid: 4af0edfb-e58e-6ed8-cafc-d3e9167c7513
panic message:
BAD TRAP: type=e (#pf Page fault) rp=ffffff0010555970 addr=60 occurred in module "zfs" due to a NULL pointer dereference
dump content: kernel pages only
> $c
zio_shrink+0x12()
zil_lwb_write_issue+0x30d(ffffff03dcd15cc0, ffffff03e0730e20)
zil_commit_waiter_timeout+0xa2(ffffff03dcd15cc0, ffffff03d97ffcf8)
zil_commit_waiter+0xf3(ffffff03dcd15cc0, ffffff03d97ffcf8)
zil_commit+0x80(ffffff03dcd15cc0, 9a9)
zfs_write+0xc34(ffffff03dc38b140, ffffff0010555e60, 40, ffffff03e00fb758, 0)
fop_write+0x5b(ffffff03dc38b140, ffffff0010555e60, 40, ffffff03e00fb758, 0)
write+0x250(42, fffffd7ff4832000, 2000)
sys_syscall+0x177()
If there's an outstanding lwb that's in `zil_commit_waiter_timeout`
waiting to timeout, waiting on it's waiter's CV, we must be sure not to
call `zil_free_lwb`. If we end up calling `zil_free_lwb`, then that LWB
may be freed and can result in a use-after-free situation where the
stale lwb pointer stored in the `zil_commit_waiter_t` structure of the
thread waiting on the waiter's CV is used.
A similar situation can occur if an lwb is issued to disk, and thus in
the `LWB_STATE_ISSUED` state, and `zil_free_lwb` is called while the
disk is servicing that lwb. In this situation, the lwb will be freed by
`zil_free_lwb`, which will result in a use-after-free situation when the
lwb's zio completes, and `zil_lwb_flush_vdevs_done` is called.
This race condition is prevented in `zil_close` by calling `zil_commit`
before `zil_free_lwb` is called, which will ensure all outstanding (i.e.
all lwb's in the `LWB_STATE_OPEN` and/or `LWB_STATE_ISSUED` states)
reach the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state before the lwb's are freed
(`zil_commit` will not return untill all the lwb's are
`LWB_STATE_DONE`).
Further, this race condition is prevented in `zil_sync` by only calling
`zil_free_lwb` for lwb's that do not have their `lwb_buf` pointer set.
All lwb's not in the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state will have a non-null value
for this pointer; the pointer is only cleared in
`zil_lwb_flush_vdevs_done`, at which point the lwb's state will be
changed to `LWB_STATE_DONE`.
This race *is* present in `zil_suspend`, leading to this bug.
At first glance, it would appear as though this would not be true
because `zil_suspend` will call `zil_commit`, just like `zil_close`, but
the problem is that `zil_suspend` will set the zilog's `zl_suspend`
field prior to calling `zil_commit`. Further, in `zil_commit`, if
`zl_suspend` is set, `zil_commit` will take a special branch of logic
and use `txg_wait_synced` instead of performing the normal `zil_commit`
logic.
This call to `txg_wait_synced` might be good enough for the data to
reach disk safely before it returns, but it does not ensure that all
outstanding lwb's reach the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state before it returns.
This is because, if there's an lwb "stuck" in
`zil_commit_waiter_timeout`, waiting for it's lwb to timeout, it will
maintain a non-null value for it's `lwb_buf` field and thus `zil_sync`
will not free that lwb. Thus, even though the lwb's data is already on
disk, the lwb will be left lingering, waiting on the CV, and will
eventually timeout and be issued to disk even though the write is
unnecessary.
So, after `zil_commit` is called from `zil_suspend`, we incorrectly
assume that there are not outstanding lwb's, and proceed to free all
lwb's found on the zilog's lwb list. As a result, we free the lwb that
will later be used `zil_commit_waiter_timeout`.
SOLUTION
========
The solution to this, is to ensure all outstanding lwb's complete before
calling `zil_free_lwb` via `zil_destroy` in `zil_suspend`. This patch
accomplishes this goal by forcing the normal `zil_commit` logic when
called from `zil_sync`.
Now, `zil_suspend` will call `zil_commit_impl` which will always use the
normal logic of waiting/issuing lwb's to disk before it returns. As a
result, any lwb's outstanding when `zil_commit_impl` is called will be
guaranteed to reach the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state by the time it returns.
Further, no new lwb's will be created via `zil_commit` since the zilog's
`zl_suspend` flag will be set. This will force all new callers of
`zil_commit` to use `txg_wait_synced` instead of creating and issuing
new lwb's.
Thus, all lwb's left on the zilog's lwb list when `zil_destroy` is
called will be in the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state, and we'll avoid this race
condition.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8909
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/ece62b6f8dCloses#6940
This extends vdev_id to support a new slot type, ses, for SCSI Enclosure
Services. With slot type ses, the disk slot numbers are determined by
using the device slot number reported by sg_ses for the device with
matching SAS address, found by querying all available enclosures.
This is primarily of use on systems with a deficient driver omitting
support for bay_identifier in /sys/devices. In my testing, I found that
the existing slot types of port and id were not stable across disk
replacement, so an alternative was required.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Simon Guest <simon.guest@tesujimath.org>
Closes#6956
Currently, scrubs and resilvers can take an extremely
long time to complete. This is largely due to the fact
that zfs scans process pools in logical order, as
determined by each block's bookmark. This makes sense
from a simplicity perspective, but blocks in zfs are
often scattered randomly across disks, particularly
due to zfs's copy-on-write mechanisms.
This patch improves performance by splitting scrubs
and resilvers into a metadata scanning phase and an IO
issuing phase. The metadata scan reads through the
structure of the pool and gathers an in-memory queue
of I/Os, sorted by size and offset on disk. The issuing
phase will then issue the scrub I/Os as sequentially as
possible, greatly improving performance.
This patch also updates and cleans up some of the scan
code which has not been updated in several years.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Authored-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Authored-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Authored-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#3625Closes#6256
zfs-import-{cache,scan}.service must complete before any mounting of
filesystems can occur. To simplify this dependency, create a target
that is reached After (in the systemd sense) the pool is imported.
Additionally, recommend that legacy zfs mounts use the option
x-systemd.requires=zfs-import.target
to codify this requirement.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#6764
Update zfs module parameters man5 with missing parameter details
for multiple tunings.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alex Braunegg <alex.braunegg@gmail.com>
Closes#6785
The 'zpool status' command supports the -P option for printing full
path names. It does not support the -p parsable option for printing
exact values.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6792Closes#6794
Update spl module parameters man5 with the following missing parameter
details for spl_panic_halt.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alex Braunegg <alex.braunegg@gmail.com>
Closes#664
The current make recipe for mancheck silently ignores errors. Correct
the recipe so errors cause the mancheck recipe fail.
The zpool reopen command in the zpool.8 manpage had a bullet list
without an .El.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6790
Additionally add four new tests:
* zpool_events_clear: verify 'zpool events -c' functionality
* zpool_events_cliargs: verify command line options and arguments
* zpool_events_follow: verify 'zpool events -f'
* zpool_events_poolname: verify events filtering by pool name
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3285Closes#6762
8558 lwp_create() returns EAGAIN on system with more than 80K ZFS filesystems
On a system with more than 80K ZFS filesystems, we've seen cases
where lwp_create() will start to fail by returning EAGAIN. The
problem being, for each of those 80K ZFS filesystems, a taskq will
be created for each dataset as part of the ZIL for each dataset.
Porting Notes:
- The new nomem taskq kstat was dropped.
- Added module options and documentation for new tunings
zfs_zil_clean_taskq_nthr_pct, zfs_zil_clean_taskq_minalloc,
zfs_zil_clean_taskq_maxalloc, and zfs_sync_taskq_batch_pct.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8558
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/216d772
8602 remove unused "dp_early_sync_tasks" field from "dsl_pool" structure
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8602
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/2bcb545Closes#6779
Added -n flag to zpool reopen that allows a running scrub
operation to continue if there is a device with Dirty Time Log.
By default if a component device has a DTL and zpool reopen
is executed all running scan operations will be restarted.
Added functional tests for `zpool reopen`
Tests covers following scenarios:
* `zpool reopen` without arguments,
* `zpool reopen` with pool name as argument,
* `zpool reopen` while scrubbing,
* `zpool reopen -n` while scrubbing,
* `zpool reopen -n` while resilvering,
* `zpool reopen` with bad arguments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bubała <arkadiusz.bubala@open-e.com>
Closes#6076Closes#6746
The only place vn_rename and vn_remove are used is when writing
out an updated pool configuration file. By truncating the file
instead of renaming and removing it we can avoid having to implement
these interfaces entirely. Functionally an empty cache file is
treated the same as a missing cache file. This is particularly
advantageous because the Linux kernel has never provided a way
to reliably implement vn_rename and vn_remove.
The cachefile_004_pos.ksh test case was updated to understand
that an empty cache file is the same as a missing one.
The zfs-import-* systemd service files were not updated to use
ConditionFileNotEmpty in place of ConditionPathExists. This
means that after exporting all pools and rebooting new pools
will not the scanned for on the next boot. This small change
should not impact normal usage since pools are not exported
as part of a normal shutdown.
Documentation was updated accordingly.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Arkadiusz Bubała <arkadiusz.bubala@open-e.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes zfsonlinux/spl#648
Closes#6753
* PBKDF2 implementation changed to OpenSSL implementation.
* HKDF implementation moved to its own file and tests
added to ensure correctness.
* Removed libzfs's now unnecessary dependency on libzpool
and libicp.
* Ztest can now create and test encrypted datasets. This is
currently disabled until issue #6526 is resolved, but
otherwise functions as advertised.
* Several small bug fixes discovered after enabling ztest
to run on encrypted datasets.
* Fixed coverity defects added by the encryption patch.
* Updated man pages for encrypted send / receive behavior.
* Fixed a bug where encrypted datasets could receive
DRR_WRITE_EMBEDDED records.
* Minor code cleanups / consolidation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
It's often useful to have access to txg history for debugging
purposes. This patch changes the default from 0 to 100 TXGs
worth of history preserved.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#6691
Add a new make 'mancheck' target which uses mandoc -Tlint to verify
manpage files: currently only zfs(8), zpool(8) zdb(8) and zgenhostid(8)
are supported.
Additionally fix some outstanding manpage formatting issues.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#6646
3796 listsnapshots not documented in zpool man page
Authored by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuripv@gmx.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: George Melikov mail@gmelikov.ru
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8435
OpenZFS-commit: openzfs/openzfs@a058d1c
Porting notes: OpenZFS review applied,
some ZoL changes were reverted.
See https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/415
This leverages the functionality introduced in cf7684b to expose
verbose, dry-run and parsable 'zfs send' options for bookmarks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3666Closes#6601
compression=lz4 depends on the lz4 feature being enabled, while
compression=on will let ZFS use either lzjb or lz4 where appropriate.
It also allows the documentation to not go out of date if/when ZFS
picks a new default in the future.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Mike Swanson <mikeonthecomputer@gmail.com>
Closes#6614
Corrected indent of the note located at the bottom of the options for
zfs send as well as remove an extra whitespace
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#6590
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Closes#6553
This patch fixes several issues discovered after
the encryption patch was merged:
* Fixed a bug where encrypted datasets could attempt
to receive embedded data records.
* Fixed a bug where dirty records created by the recv
code wasn't properly setting the dr_raw flag.
* Fixed a typo where a dmu_tx_commit() was changed to
dmu_tx_abort()
* Fixed a few error handling bugs unrelated to the
encryption patch in dmu_recv_stream()
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#6512Closes#6524Closes#6545
* Removed zpios kmod, utility, headers and man page.
* Removed unused scripts zpios-profile/*, zpios-test/*,
zpool-config/*, smb.sh, zpios-sanity.sh, zpios-survey.sh,
zpios.sh, and zpool-create.sh.
* Removed zfs-script-config.sh.in. When building 'make' generates
a common.sh with in-tree path information from the common.sh.in
template. This file and sourced by the test scripts and used
for in-tree testing, it is not included in the packages. When
building packages 'make install' uses the same template to
create a new common.sh which is appropriate for the packaging.
* Removed unused functions/variables from scripts/common.sh.in.
Only minimal path information and configuration environment
variables remain.
* Removed unused scripts from scripts/ directory.
* Remaining shell scripts in the scripts directory updated to
cleanly pass shellcheck and added to checked scripts.
* Renamed tests/test-runner/cmd/ to tests/test-runner/bin/ to
match install location name.
* Removed last traces of the --enable-debug-dmu-tx configure
options which was retired some time ago.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6509
With HPE hardware and hpsa-driven SAS adapters, only a single phy is
reported, but no individual per-port phys (ie. no phy* entry below
port_dir), which breaks topology detection in the current sas_handler
code. Instead, slot information can be derived directly from the port
number. This change implements a new slot keyword "port" similar to
"id" and "lun", and assumes a default phy/port of 0 if no individual
phy entry can be found. It allows to use the "sas_direct" topology with
current HPE Dxxxx and Apollo 45xx JBODs.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kobras <d.kobras@science-computing.de>
Closes#6484
Added a 'corrupt' error option that will flip a bit in the data
after a read operation. This is useful for generating checksum
errors at the device layer (in a mirror config for example). It
is also used to validate the diagnosis of checksum errors from
the zfs diagnosis engine.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Closes#6345
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#494Closes#5769
* ztest.1 man page: fix typo
* zfs-module-parameters.5 man page: fix grammar
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Closes#6492
There is no '.sh' macro in troff/groff/man, only '.SH' for section
headers. I assume .sp for a line break was intended here like
in the rest of the man page.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#643
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#642
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#6409Closes#6410
Redefine the SET_ERROR macro in terms of __dprintf() so the error
return codes get logged as both tracepoint events (if tracepoints are
enabled) and as ZFS debug log entries. This also allows us to use
the same definition of SET_ERROR() in kernel and user space.
Define a new debug flag ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR=512 that may be bitwise
or'd into zfs_flags. Setting this flag enables both dprintf() and
SET_ERROR() messages in the debug log. That is, setting
ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR and ZFS_DEBUG_DPRINTF|ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR are
equivalent (this was done for sake of simplicity). Leaving
ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR unset suppresses the SET_ERROR() messages which
helps avoid cluttering up the logs.
To enable SET_ERROR() logging, run:
echo 1 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_dbgmsg_enable
echo 512 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_flags
Remove the zfs_set_error_class tracepoints event class since
SET_ERROR() now uses __dprintf(). This sacrifices a bit of
granularity when selecting individual tracepoint events to enable but
it makes the code simpler.
Include file, function, and line number information in debug log
entries. The information is now added to the message buffer in
__dprintf() and as a result the zfs_dprintf_class tracepoints event
class was changed from a 4 parameter interface to a single parameter.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#6400
The userobj_accounting feature described in the zpool-features.5
man page was incorrectly indented. Fix it.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6402
Turning the multihost property on requires that a hostid be set to allow
ZFS to determine when a foreign system is attemping to import a pool.
The error message instructing the user to set a hostid refers to
genhostid(1).
Genhostid(1) is not available on SUSE Linux. This commit adds a script
modeled after genhostid(1) for those users.
Zgenhostid checks for an /etc/hostid file; if it does not exist, it
creates one and stores a value. If the user has provided a hostid as an
argument, that value is used. Otherwise, a random hostid is generated
and stored.
This differs from the CENTOS 6/7 versions of genhostid, which overwrite
the /etc/hostid file even though their manpages state otherwise.
A man page for zgenhostid is added. The one for genhostid is in (1), but
I put zgenhostid in (8) because I believe it's more appropriate.
The mmp tests are modified to use zgenhostid to set the hostid instead
of using the spl_hostid module parameter. zgenhostid will not replace
an existing /etc/hostid file, so new mmp_clear_hostid calls are
required.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6358Closes#6379
zpool iostat/status -c is supposed to be restricted
by its search path, but currently isn't. To prevent
arbitrary scripts from being executed, disallow '/'
from commands.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6353Closes#6359
- Use nested [] notation to denote optional script list elements
- Fix space before comma after smarctl(8)
- Fix typo and formatting error in reference to -v option
- Fix spelling errors
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#6370
Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled
a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a
set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported.
These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated
timestamp. Property defaults to off.
During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp)
repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the
results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport.
These results are reported to user in "zpool import".
Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the
duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter
zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The
activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the
mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially.
Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier
Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the
timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV
label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated
output below.
$ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost
31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111
txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path
20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda
20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc
20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx
20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy
20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd
20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab
20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde
20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt
20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds
20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb
Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP
updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that
no MMP statistics are stored.
When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP
function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the
pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest
function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this.
Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by
Giuseppe Di Natale.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#745Closes#6279
The volmode property may be set to control the visibility of ZVOL
block devices.
This allow switching ZVOL between three modes:
full - existing fully functional behaviour (default)
dev - hide partitions on ZVOL block devices
none - not exposing volumes outside ZFS
Additionally the new zvol_volmode module parameter can be used to
control the default behaviour.
This functionality can be used, for instance, on "backup" pools to
avoid cluttering /dev with unneeded zd* devices.
Original-patch-by: mav <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
FreeBSD-commit: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd/commit/dd28e6bbCloses#1796Closes#3438Closes#6233
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@gmail.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8067
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/8173085Closes#6319
Currently, there is no way to pause a scrub. Pausing may
be useful when the pool is busy with other I/O to preserve
bandwidth.
This patch adds the ability to pause and resume scrubbing.
This is achieved by maintaining a persistent on-disk scrub state.
While the state is 'paused' we do not scrub any more blocks.
We do however perform regular scan housekeeping such as
freeing async destroyed and deadlist blocks while paused.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheimd@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#6167
* Fixed some typos
* Additional description for some commands arguments
* Text reworked to be in sync with OpenZFS
* Added Linux as .Os type
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6282
* Fixed some typos
* Additional description for some commands arguments
* `listsnapshots` remained
* Text reworked to be in sync with OpenZFS
* Added Linux as .Os type
* Updated `zpool events` section.
* Updated `zpool iostat|status -c` sections
* Added zed(8) reference to SEE ALSO
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Closes#6245
In the original form of device error injection, it was an all or nothing
situation. To help simulate intermittent error conditions, you can now
specify a real number percentage value. This is also very useful for our
ZFS fault diagnosis testing and for injecting intermittent errors during
load testing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Closes#6227
In arc_evict_state() we start pruning when arc_dnode_size >
arc_dnode_limit, i.e. arc_dnode_limit is a ceiling rather than a
floor.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Closes#6228
- After some ZIL changes 6 years ago zil_slog_limit got partially broken
due to zl_itx_list_sz not updated when async itx'es upgraded to sync.
Actually because of other changes about that time zl_itx_list_sz is not
really required to implement the functionality, so this patch removes
some unneeded broken code and variables.
- Original idea of zil_slog_limit was to reduce chance of SLOG abuse by
single heavy logger, that increased latency for other (more latency critical)
loggers, by pushing heavy log out into the main pool instead of SLOG. Beside
huge latency increase for heavy writers, this implementation caused double
write of all data, since the log records were explicitly prepared for SLOG.
Since we now have I/O scheduler, I've found it can be much more efficient
to reduce priority of heavy logger SLOG writes from ZIO_PRIORITY_SYNC_WRITE
to ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE, while still leave them on SLOG.
- Existing ZIL implementation had problem with space efficiency when it
has to write large chunks of data into log blocks of limited size. In some
cases efficiency stopped to almost as low as 50%. In case of ZIL stored on
spinning rust, that also reduced log write speed in half, since head had to
uselessly fly over allocated but not written areas. This change improves
the situation by offloading problematic operations from z*_log_write() to
zil_lwb_commit(), which knows real situation of log blocks allocation and
can split large requests into pieces much more efficiently. Also as side
effect it removes one of two data copy operations done by ZIL code WR_COPIED
case.
- While there, untangle and unify code of z*_log_write() functions.
Also zfs_log_write() alike to zvol_log_write() can now handle writes crossing
block boundary, that may also improve efficiency if ZPL is made to do that.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Authored by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andriy Gapon <avg@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Steven Hartland <steven.hartland@multiplay.co.uk>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7578
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/aeb13acCloses#6191
Users can now provide their own scripts to be run
with 'zpool iostat/status -c'. User scripts should be
placed in ~/.zpool.d to be included in zpool's
default search path.
Provide a script which can be used with
'zpool iostat|status -c' that will return the type of
device (hdd, sdd, file).
Provide a script to get various values from smartctl
when using 'zpool iostat/status -c'.
Allow users to define the ZPOOL_SCRIPTS_PATH
environment variable which can be used to override
the default 'zpool iostat/status -c' search path.
Allow the ZPOOL_SCRIPTS_ENABLED environment
variable to enable or disable 'zpool status/iostat -c'
functionality.
Use the new smart script to provide the serial command.
Install /etc/sudoers.d/zfs file which contains the sudoer
rule for smartctl as a sample.
Allow 'zpool iostat/status -c' tests to run in tree.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6121Closes#6153
This addition will enable us to sync an open TXG to the main pool
on demand. The functionality is similar to 'sync(2)' but 'zpool sync'
will return when data has hit the main storage instead of potentially
just the ZIL as is the case with the 'sync(2)' cmd.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#6122
This patch adds a '-f' option to 'zpool offline' to fault a vdev
instead of bringing it offline. Unlike the OFFLINE state, the
FAULTED state will trigger the FMA code, allowing for things like
autoreplace and triggering the slot fault LED. The -f faults
persist across imports, unless they were set with the temporary
(-t) flag. Both persistent and temporary faults can be cleared
with zpool clear.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6094
This allows users to specify "-o property=value" to override and
"-x property" to exclude properties when receiving a zfs send stream.
Both native and user properties can be specified.
This is useful when using zfs send/receive for periodic
backup/replication because it lets users change properties such as
canmount, mountpoint, or compression without modifying the source.
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/2745https://www.illumos.org/issues/3753
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#1350Closes#5349
Document the existence of `createtxg` and `guid` native properties
in man pages and zfs command output.
One of the great features of ZFS is incremental replication of
snapshots, possibly between pools on different machines.
Shell scripts are commonly used to auomate this procedure. They have to
find the most recent common snapshot between both sides and then
perform incremental send & recv.
Currently, scripts rely on the sorting order of `zfs list`, which
defaults to `createtxg`, and the assumption that snapshot names on
either side do not change.
By making `createtxg` and `guid` part of the public ZFS interface,
scripts are enabled to use
a) `createtxg` to determine the logical & temporal order of snapshots
(the creation property is not an equivalent substitute since
multiple snapshots may be created within one second)
b) `guid` to uniquely identify a snapshot, independent of its current
display name
This has the potential of making scripts safer and correct.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#6102
Change the default ZVOL behavior so requests are handled asynchronously.
This behavior is functionally the same as in the zfs-0.6.4 release.
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #5902
This commit allow higher ashift values (up to 16) in 'zpool create'
The ashift value was previously limited to 13 (8K block) in b41c990
because the limited number of uberblocks we could fit in the
statically sized (128K) vdev label ring buffer could prevent the
ability the safely roll back a pool to recover it.
Since b02fe35 the largest uberblock size we support is 8K: this
allow us to store a minimum number of 16 uberblocks in the vdev
label, even with higher ashift values.
Additionally change 'ashift' pool property behaviour: if set it will
be used as the default hint value in subsequent vdev operations
('zpool add', 'attach' and 'replace'). A custom ashift value can still
be specified from the command line, if desired.
Finally, fix a bug in add-o_ashift.ksh caused by a missing variable.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#2024Closes#4205Closes#4740Closes#5763
When multiple filesystems are in use, memory pressure causes arc_cache
to collapse to a minimum. Allow arc_cache to maintain proportional size
even when hit rates are disproportionate. We do this only via evictable
size from the kernel shrinker, thus it's only in effect under memory
pressure.
AKAMAI: zfs: CR 3695072
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Closes#6035
Commit 37f9dac removed the zvol_taskq for processing zvol requests.
This was removed as part of switching to make_request_fn and was
motivated by a concern at the time over dispatch latency.
However, this also made all bio request synchronous, and caused
serious performance issues as the bio submitter would wait for
every bio it submitted, effectively making the IO depth 1.
This patch reinstate zvol_taskq, and to make sure overlapped I/Os
are ordered properly, we take range lock in zvol_request, and pass
it along with bio to the I/O functions zvol_{write,discard,read}.
In order to facilitate benchmarks a zvol_request_sync module
option was added to switch between sync and async request handling.
For the moment, the default behavior is synchronous but this is
likely to change pending additional testing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Closes#5824
It was documented as being related to zfs_vdev_async_max_active
when it is actually related to zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active.
Also, expand the documentation to describe the allocation throttle
which was introduced as part of OpenZFS 7090 in 3dfb57a.
Reviewed-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#6064
OpenZFS 7252 - compressed zfs send / receive
OpenZFS 7628 - create long versions of ZFS send / receive options
Authored by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: David Quigley <dpquigl@davequigley.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: David Quigley <dpquigl@davequigley.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Ported-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
- Most of 7252 was already picked up during ABD work. This
commit represents the gap from the final commit to openzfs.
- Fixed split_large_blocks check in do_dump()
- An alternate version of the write_compressible() function was
implemented for Linux which does not depend on fio. The behavior
of fio differs significantly based on the exact version.
- mkholes was replaced with truncate for Linux.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7252
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/5602294Closes#6067
This patch updates the "zpool status/iostat -c" commands to only run
"pre-baked" scripts from the /etc/zfs/zpool.d directory (or wherever
you install to). The scripts can only be run from -c as an unprivileged
user (unless the ZPOOL_SCRIPTS_AS_ROOT environment var is
set by root). This was done to encourage scripts to be written is such
a way that normal users can use them, and to be cautious. If your
script needs to run a privileged command, consider adding the
appropriate line in /etc/sudoers. See zpool(8) for an example of how
to do this.
The patch also allows the scripts to output custom column names. If
the script outputs a line like:
name=value
then "name" is used for the column name, and "value" is its value.
Multiple columns can be specified by outputting multiple lines. Column
names and values can have spaces. If the value is empty, a dash (-) is
printed instead.
After all the "name=value" lines are read (if any), zpool will take the
next the next line of output (if any) and print it without a column
header. After that, no more lines will be processed. This can be
useful for printing errors.
Lastly, this patch also disables the -c option with the latency and
request size histograms, since it produced awkward output and made the
code harder to maintain.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#5852
* bookmarks are not supported when sending all intermediary snaps (-I)
* add missing compressed (-c) option to the 'zfs' help and manpage
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#6028
Authored by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
This was already implemented in ZFS on Linux. This patch
is to resolved the deltas present in our version.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6392
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/9bb97deCloses#6020
Resilver operations frequently cause only a small amount of dirty data
to be written to disk at a time, resulting in the IO scheduler to only
issue 1 write at a time to the resilvering disk. When it is rotational
media the drive will often travel past the next sector to be written
before receiving a write command from ZFS, significantly delaying the
write of the next sector.
Raise zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active so that drives are kept fed
during resilvering.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Issue #4825Closes#5926
Force flushing of txg's can be painfully slow when competing for disk
IO, since this is a process meant to execute asynchronously. Optimize
this path via allowing data/hole seeking if the file is clean, but if
dirty fall back to old logic. This is a compromise to disabling the
feature entirely.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Closes#4306Closes#5962
Authored by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Will Andrews <will@freebsd.org>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
- Replaced zdb.8 with upstream mdoc zdb.1m version. Updated to
include Linux specific features: -V verbatium imports and
improved label printing (-u, and -l).
- Minor changes to `zdb -h` output to honor 80 character limit.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6410
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/ed61ec1Closes#6006
Authored by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@nexenta.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2932
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/810e43bCloses#5984Closes#5216
Manpage suggests the zpool list properties include 'used'
and 'available', when these are invalid property names.
Use alloc and free in their place.
```
$ zpool list -o name,size,used 2>&1 |head -1
bad property list: invalid property 'used'
$ zpool list -o name,size,avail 2>&1 |head -1
bad property list: invalid property 'avail'
$ zpool list -o name,size,available 2>&1 |head -1
bad property list: invalid property 'available'
$ zpool list -o name,size,alloc,free
NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE
apool 464M 203M 261M
bpool 3.62T 1.97T 1.65T
```
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Matthews <tom@axiom-partners.com>
Closes#5959
Update documentation in zfs-module-parameters.5 for new
parameter "zfs_qat_disable" which was introduced by #5846.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Weigang Li <weigang.li@intel.com>
Closes#5914
Documentation fixes for zfs(8)
* White space issue in the userused@user property section
* zfs send supports using bookmarks as the origin snapshot
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#5906
The current implementation for allowing nfs to access snapdir is very buggy.
It uses a special fh for snapdirs, such that the next time nfsd does
fh_to_dentry, it actually returns the root inode inside the snapshot. So nfsd
never knows it cross a mountpoint.
The problem is that nfsd will not hold a reference on the vfsmount of the
snapshot. This cause auto unmounter to unmount the snapshot even though nfs is
still holding dentries in it.
To fix this, we return the inode for the snapdirs themselves. However, we also
trigger automount upon fh_to_dentry, and return ESTALE so nfsd will revalidate
and see the mountpoint and do crossmnt.
Because nfsd will now be aware that these are different filesystems users
must add crossmnt to their export options to access snapshot directories.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Closes#3794Closes#4716Closes#5810Closes#5833
SS is already highlighted and the fB/fR tags break the highlighting
prematurely, removing the tags highlights the entire line.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#5873
For zdb -l, detect when the configuration nvlist in some label l (l>0)
is the same as a configuration already dumped. If so, do not dump it.
Make a similar check when dumping Uberblocks for zdb -lu. Check whether
a label already dumped contains an identical Uberblock. If so, do not
dump the Uberblock.
When dumping a configuration or Uberblock, state which labels it is
found in (0-3), for example: labels = 1 2 3
Detecting redundant uberblocks or configurations is accomplished by
calculating checksums of the uberblocks and the packed nvlists
containing the configuration.
If there is nothing unique to be dumped for a label (ie the
configuration and uberblocks have checksums matching those already
dumped) print nothing for that label.
With additional l's or u's, increase verbosity as follows:
-l Dump each unique configuration only once.
Indicate which labels it appears in.
-ll In addition, dump label space usage stats.
-lll Dump every configuration, unique or not.
-u Dump each unique, valid, uberblock only once.
Indicate which labels it appears in.
-uu In addition, state which slots are invalid.
-uuu Dump every uberblock, unique or not.
-uuuu Dump the uberblock blockpointer (used to be -uuu)
Make exit values conform to the manual page. Failing to unpack a
configuration nvlist is considered an error, as well as failing to open
or read from the device.
Add three tests, zdb_00{3,4,5}_pos to verify the above functionality.
An example of the output:
------------------------------------
LABEL 0
------------------------------------
version: 5000
name: 'pool'
state: 1
txg: 880
< ... redacted ... >
features_for_read:
com.delphix:hole_birth
com.delphix:embedded_data
labels = 0
Uberblock[0]
magic = 0000000000bab10c
version = 5000
txg = 0
guid_sum = 3038694082047428541
timestamp = 1487715500 UTC = Tue Feb 21 14:18:20 2017
labels = 0 1 2 3
Uberblock[4]
magic = 0000000000bab10c
version = 5000
txg = 772
guid_sum = 9045970794941528051
timestamp = 1487727291 UTC = Tue Feb 21 17:34:51 2017
labels = 0
< ... redacted ... >
------------------------------------
LABEL 1
------------------------------------
version: 5000
name: 'pool'
state: 1
txg: 14
< ... redacted ... >
com.delphix:embedded_data
labels = 1 2 3
Uberblock[4]
magic = 0000000000bab10c
version = 5000
txg = 4
guid_sum = 7793930272573252584
timestamp = 1487727521 UTC = Tue Feb 21 17:38:41 2017
labels = 1 2 3
< ... redacted ... >
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#5738
The global tunable zfs_arc_num_sublists_per_state is used by the ARC and
the dbuf cache, and other users are planned. We should change this
tunable to be common to all multilists. This tuning may be overridden
on a per-multilist basis.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#5764
- Pass $VDEV_ENC_SYSFS_PATH to 'zpool [iostat|status] -c' to include
enclosure LED sysfs path.
- Set LEDs correctly after import. This includes clearing any erroniously
set LEDs prior to the import, and setting the LED for any UNAVAIL drives.
- Include symlink for vdev_attach-led.sh in Makefile.am.
- Print the VDEV path in all-syslog.sh, and fix it so the pool GUID actually
prints.
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#5716Closes#5751
When the code was added this tunable was not exposed via module params. Also it
was not documented. This patch changes the type from a uint32 to a ulong as
done with other percentage tunables and also documents it in the
zfs-module-parameters man page.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com>
Closes#5750
Authored by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6866
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3e4fae5Closes#5730
Porting Notes:
- Omitted the illumos-specific `/dev/dsk` and `/dev/rdsk`
path conversions since they don't apply on linux.
The deadman in ZoL didn't behave quite as it did in upstream
OpenZFS. In addition to the 2 purposes for which OpenZFS used the
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms parameter, ZoL also used it to determine how
frequently the deadman would fire once it has been triggered.
This patch adds the zfs_deadman_checktime_ms parameter to control how
frequently the subsequent checks are performed.
The deadman is now disabled for suspended pools.
As had been the case, unlike upstream OpenZFS, ZoL will not panic when
a hung IO is detected.
The module parameter documentation has been upated to include the new
parameter and to better describe the operation of the deadmen.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#5695
Porting notes:
- 'zfs_dbgmsg_print()' reintroduced to userspace.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <ikozhukhov@gmail.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7277
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/29bdd2fCloses#5684
fB -> \fB in zpool.8 (Properties -> cachefile)
\fN -> \fB in zfs-module-parameters.5 (zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent)
Three | -> \fR|\fI fixes for arguments of diff and inherit in zfs.8.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haakan T Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Closes#5645
Since zpool version 16, this limit is actually 8192 characters.
Additionally, this limit is actually 8192 bytes, as it supports UTF-8.
Authored by: Eli Rosenthal <eli.rosenthal@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <ikozhukhov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7257
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3bc7169Closes#5608
This change introduces a new weighting algorithm to improve
metaslab selection. The new weighting algorithm relies on the
SPACEMAP_HISTOGRAM feature. As a result, the metaslab weight
now encodes the type of weighting algorithm used (size-based
vs segment-based).
Porting Notes: The metaslab allocation tracing code is conditionally
removed on linux (dependent on mdb debugger).
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov pavel.zakharov@delphix.com
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7303
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/d5190931bdCloses#5404
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Haakan T Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Closes#5547Closes#5543
Enable zio_dva_throttle_enabled=1 by default. Subsequent
testing has been unable to reproduce the suspected regression.
Tested-by: kernelOfTruth kerneloftruth@gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reverts #5335Closes#5289Closes#5457
To prevent holding tq_lock for too long.
Before zfsonlinux/zfs@8e71ab9, hogging delay tasks and cat /proc/spl/taskq
would easily cause a lockup. While that bug has been fixed. It's probably
still a good idea to do this just in case task lists grow too large.
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Closes#586
This patch adds a command (-c) option to zpool status and zpool iostat. The
-c option allows you to run an arbitrary command on each vdev and display
the first line of output in zpool status/iostat. The environment vars
VDEV_PATH and VDEV_UPATH are set to the vdev's path and "underlying path"
before running the command. For device mapper, multipath, or partitioned
vdevs, VDEV_UPATH is the actual underlying /dev/sd* disk. This can be useful
if the command you're running requires a /dev/sd* device.
The patch also uses /sys/block/<dev>/slaves/ to lookup the underlying device
instead of using libdevmapper. This not only removes the libdevmapper
requirement at build time, but also allows you to resolve device mapper
devices without being root. This means that UDEV_UPATH get set correctly
when running zpool status/iostat as an unprivileged user.
Example:
$ zpool status -c 'echo I am $VDEV_PATH, $VDEV_UPATH'
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
mypool ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
mpatha ONLINE 0 0 0 I am /dev/mapper/mpatha, /dev/sdc
sdb ONLINE 0 0 0 I am /dev/sdb1, /dev/sdb
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#5368
Allow `zfs unshare <protocol> -a` command to share or unshare all datasets
of a given protocol, nfs or smb.
Additionally, enable most of ZFS Test Suite zfs_share/zfs_unshare test cases.
To work around some Illumos-specific functionalities ($SHARE/$UNSHARE) some
function wrappers were added around them.
Finally, fix and issue in smb_is_share_active() that would leave SMB shares
exported when invoking 'zfs unshare -a'
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3238Closes#5367
Bold and Normal codes were mixed up in a few places resulting in
bad highlighting.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#5397
Repair indent of zpool.8 man page, just before zpool labelclear
details. Accidentally introduced by 193a37cb2 (git bisect).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Haakan T Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Closes#5394
avx512f should work on all AVX512 hardware, since it only uses
Foundation instructions.
avx512bw should be faster on hardware supporting the AVW512BW
extension. We can use full-width pshufb (instead of relying on the 256
bits AVX2 pshufb). As a side-effect, the code is also unrolled more.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.github@dolbeau.name>
Closes#5219
Until it can be determined definitively that a performance
regression wasn't introduced accidentally by 3dfb57a this
functionality is being disabled by default. It can be re-
enabled by setting zio_dva_throttle_enabled=1.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#5335
Issue #5289
Sometimes it is desirable to specifically disable one or several
features directly on the 'zpool create' command line.
$ zpool create -o feature@<feature>=disabled ...
Original-patch-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3460Closes#5142Closes#5324
This is not useful on micro-architecture with a weak NEON
implementation (only 64 bits); the native version is slower &
the byteswap barely faster than scalar. On A53 or A57, it's
a small improvement on scalar but OK for byteswap.
Results from an A53 system:
0 0 0x01 -1 0 1499068294333000 1499101101878000
implementation native byteswap
scalar 1008227510 755880264
aarch64_neon 1198098720 1044818671
fastest aarch64_neon aarch64_neon
Results from a A57 system:
0 0 0x01 -1 0 4407214734807033 4407233933777404
implementation native byteswap
scalar 2302071241 1124873346
aarch64_neon 2542214946 2245570352
fastest aarch64_neon aarch64_neon
Reviewed-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@atos.net>
Closes#5248
1. Enable multipath autoreplace support for FMA.
This extends FMA autoreplace to work with multipath disks. This
requires libdevmapper to be installed at build time.
2. Turn on/off fault LEDs when VDEVs become degraded/faulted/online
Set ZED_USE_ENCLOSURE_LEDS=1 in zed.rc to have ZED turn on/off the enclosure
LED for a drive when a drive becomes FAULTED/DEGRADED. Your enclosure must
be supported by the Linux SES driver for this to work. The enclosure LED
scripts work for multipath devices as well. The scripts will clear the LED
when the fault is cleared.
3. Rate limit ZIO delay and checksum events so as not to flood ZED
ZIO delay and checksum events are rate limited to 5/sec in the zfs module.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#2449Closes#3017Closes#5159
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO
pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage
which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be
nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible.
In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level
VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline
should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling
allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This
allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced
as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices.
The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would
throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be
ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of
allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes
a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by
the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's
scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a
maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth).
The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth)
are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round
robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As
top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the
pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7Closes#5258
Porting Notes:
- Maintained minimal stack in zio_done
- Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress
- Added module params and documentation
- Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
The following new test cases need to have execute permissions set:
userquota/groupspace_003_pos.ksh
userquota/userquota_013_pos.ksh
userquota/userspace_003_pos.ksh
upgrade/upgrade_userobj_001_pos.ksh
upgrade/setup.ksh
upgrade/cleanup.ksh
The following source files accidentally were marked executable:
lib/libzpool/kernel.c
lib/libshare/nfs.c
lib/libzfs/libzfs_dataset.c
lib/libzfs/libzfs_util.c
tests/zfs-tests/cmd/rm_lnkcnt_zero_file/rm_lnkcnt_zero_file.c
tests/zfs-tests/cmd/dir_rd_update/dir_rd_update.c
cmd/zed/zed_exec.c
module/icp/core/kcf_sched.c
module/zfs/dsl_pool.c
module/zfs/arc.c
module/nvpair/nvpair.c
man/man5/zfs-module-parameters.5
Reviewed-by: GeLiXin <ge.lixin@zte.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#5241
This patch tracks dnode usage for each user/group in the
DMU_USER/GROUPUSED_OBJECT ZAPs. ZAP entries dedicated to dnode
accounting have the key prefixed with "obj-" followed by the UID/GID
in string format (as done for the block accounting).
A new SPA feature has been added for dnode accounting as well as
a new ZPL version. The SPA feature must be enabled in the pool
before upgrading the zfs filesystem. During the zfs version upgrade,
a "quotacheck" will be executed by marking all dnode as dirty.
ZoL-bug-id: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/issues/3500
Signed-off-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Lombardi <johann.lombardi@intel.com>
Authored by: ilovezfs <ilovezfs@icloud.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
In any pool without the extensible dataset feature flag already enabled,
creating a dataset with dedup set to use one of the new checksums would
result in the following panic as soon as any data was added:
panic[cpu0]/thread=ffffff0006761c40: feature_get_refcount(spa, feature,
&refcount) != 48 (0x30 != 0x30), file: ../../common/fs/zfs/zfeature.c
line 390
Inpsection showed that feature->fi_feature was 7, which is the value of
SPA_FEATURE_EXTENSIBLE_DATASET in the spa_feature enum. This commit
adds extensible dataset as a dependency for the sha512, edonr, and skein
feature flags, which prevents the panic.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6585
OpenZFS-commit: 892586e8a1
Porting Notes:
This code was originally from Illumos, but I actually ported it from:
openzfsonosx/zfs@b62a652
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee
Porting Notes:
This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code:
b5e030c8db
The list of porting changes includes:
- Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos
- Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c:
#pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init)
- Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since
it now takes in an extra parameter.
- Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c
- Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am
- Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos.
- Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument.
- In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section
to not #include the non-existant endian.h.
- In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get
around a compiler warning.
- Fixup test files:
- Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>,
- Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP.
- Define u_longlong_t
- Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p"
- Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a
compiler warning.
- Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff
- Add/update Makefiles
- Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of
sys/types.h.
- EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules.
- Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed
- include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h
- Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am
- Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile
- Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg
- Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to
zfs_check_settable()
- Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC
- Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32
- Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space
- Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space
- Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test
- Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
This re-use the framework established for SSE2, SSSE3 and
AVX2. However, GCC is using FP registers on Aarch64, so
unlike SSE/AVX2 we can't rely on the registers being left alone
between ASM statements. So instead, the NEON code uses
C variables and GCC extended ASM syntax. Note that since
the kernel explicitly disable vector registers, they
have to be locally re-enabled explicitly.
As we use the variable's number to define the symbolic
name, and GCC won't allow duplicate symbolic names,
numbers have to be unique. Even when the code is not
going to be used (e.g. the case for 4 registers when
using the macro with only 2). Only the actually used
variables should be declared, otherwise the build
will fails in debug mode.
This requires the replacement of the XOR(X,X) syntax
by a new ZERO(X) macro, which does the same thing but
without repeating the argument. And perhaps someday
there will be a machine where there is a more efficient
way to zero a register than XOR with itself. This affects
scalar, SSE2, SSSE3 and AVX2 as they need the new macro.
It's possible to write faster implementations (different
scheduling, different unrolling, interleaving NEON and
scalar, ...) for various cores, but this one has the
advantage of fitting in the current state of the code,
and thus is likely easier to review/check/merge.
The only difference between aarch64-neon and aarch64-neonx2
is that aarch64-neonx2 unroll some functions some more.
Reviewed-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@atos.net>
Closes#4801
Enable ignore_hole_birth by default until all known hole birth bugs
have been resolved and relevant test cases added.
Reviewed-by: Boris Protopopov <boris.protopopov@actifio.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4809Closes#5099
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com>
This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing
data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new
dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed.
I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs
off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block
for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed
arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match
the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not
compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is
disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk
block.
Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict
any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will
primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and
are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if
the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new
arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If
the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t
and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one.
Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since
the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be
passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we
will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata.
When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the
l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that
when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those
stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we
can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the
contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first
transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool
before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0
Issue #5078
ARC will evict meta buffers that exceed the arc_meta_limit. Before a further
investigating on whether we should take special protection on meta buffers,
this tunable make arc_meta_limit adjustable for different workloads.
People can set zfs_arc_meta_limit_percent to any value while insmod zfs.ko,
so some range check is added to guarantee a suitable arc_meta_limit.
Suggested by Tim Chase, zfs_arc_dnode_limit is changed to a percent-style
tunable as well.
Signed-off-by: GeLiXin <ge.lixin@zte.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4957
Adds a module option which disables the hole_birth optimization
which has been responsible for several recent bugs, including
issue #4050.
Original-patch: https://gist.github.com/pcd1193182/2c0cd47211f3aee623958b4698836c48
Signed-off-by: Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4833
Metadata-intensive workloads can cause the ARC to become permanently
filled with dnode_t objects as they're pinned by the VFS layer.
Subsequent data-intensive workloads may only benefit from about
25% of the potential ARC (arc_c_max - arc_meta_limit).
In order to help track metadata usage more precisely, the other_size
metadata arcstat has replaced with dbuf_size, dnode_size and bonus_size.
The new zfs_arc_dnode_limit tunable, which defaults to 10% of
zfs_arc_meta_limit, defines the minimum number of bytes which is desirable
to be consumed by dnodes. Attempts to evict non-metadata will trigger
async prune tasks if the space used by dnodes exceeds this limit.
The new zfs_arc_dnode_reduce_percent tunable specifies the amount by
which the excess dnode space is attempted to be pruned as a percentage of
the amount by which zfs_arc_dnode_limit is being exceeded. By default,
it tries to unpin 10% of the dnodes.
The problem of dnode metadata pinning was observed with the following
testing procedure (in this example, zfs_arc_max is set to 4GiB):
- Create a large number of small files until arc_meta_used exceeds
arc_meta_limit (3GiB with default tuning) and arc_prune
starts increasing.
- Create a 3GiB file with dd. Observe arc_mata_used. It will still
be around 3GiB.
- Repeatedly read the 3GiB file and observe arc_meta_limit as before.
It will continue to stay around 3GiB.
With this modification, space for the 3GiB file is gradually made
available as subsequent demands on the ARC are made. The previous behavior
can be restored by setting zfs_arc_dnode_limit to the same value as the
zfs_arc_meta_limit.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4345
Issue #4512
Issue #4773Closes#4858
- Implementation lock replaced with atomic variable
- Trailing whitespace is removed from user specified parameter, to enhance
experience when using commands that add newline, e.g. `echo`
- raidz_test: remove dependency on `getrusage()` and RUSAGE_THREAD, Issue #4813
- silence `cppcheck` in vdev_raidz, partial solution of Issue #1392
- Minor fixes and cleanups
- Enable use of original parity methods in [fastest] configuration.
New opaque original ops structure, representing native methods, is added
to supported raidz methods. Original parity methods are executed if selected
implementation has NULL fn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4813
Issue #1392
Builds off of 1eeb4562 (Implementation of AVX2 optimized Fletcher-4)
This commit adds another implementation of the Fletcher-4 algorithm.
It is automatically selected at module load if it benchmarks higher
than all other available implementations.
The module benchmark was also amended to analyze the performance of
the byteswap-ed version of Fletcher-4, as well as the non-byteswaped
version. The average performance of the two is used to select the
the fastest implementation available on the host system.
Adds a pair of fields to an existing zcommon module parameter:
- zfs_fletcher_4_impl (str)
"sse2" - new SSE2 implementation if available
"ssse3" - new SSSE3 implementation if available
Signed-off-by: Tyler J. Stachecki <stachecki.tyler@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4789
2605 want to resume interrupted zfs send
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Xin Li <delphij@freebsd.org>
Reviewed by: Arne Jansen <sensille@gmx.net>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Ported-by: kernelOfTruth <kerneloftruth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2605
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/9c3fd12
6980 6902 causes zfs send to break due to 32-bit/64-bit struct mismatch
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6980
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/ea4a67f
Porting notes:
- All rsend and snapshop tests enabled and updated for Linux.
- Fix misuse of input argument in traverse_visitbp().
- Fix ISO C90 warnings and errors.
- Fix gcc 'missing braces around initializer' in
'struct send_thread_arg to_arg =' warning.
- Replace 4 argument fletcher_4_native() with 3 argument version,
this change was made in OpenZFS 4185 which has not been ported.
- Part of the sections for 'zfs receive' and 'zfs send' was
rewritten and reordered to approximate upstream.
- Fix mktree xattr creation, 'user.' prefix required.
- Minor fixes to newly enabled test cases
- Long holds for volumes allowed during receive for minor registration.
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3542
This is a new implementation of RAIDZ1/2/3 routines using x86_64
scalar, SSE, and AVX2 instruction sets. Included are 3 parity
generation routines (P, PQ, and PQR) and 7 reconstruction routines,
for all RAIDZ level. On module load, a quick benchmark of supported
routines will select the fastest for each operation and they will
be used at runtime. Original implementation is still present and
can be selected via module parameter.
Patch contains:
- specialized gen/rec routines for all RAIDZ levels,
- new scalar raidz implementation (unrolled),
- two x86_64 SIMD implementations (SSE and AVX2 instructions sets),
- fastest routines selected on module load (benchmark).
- cmd/raidz_test - verify and benchmark all implementations
- added raidz_test to the ZFS Test Suite
New zfs module parameters:
- zfs_vdev_raidz_impl (str): selects the implementation to use. On
module load, the parameter will only accept first 3 options, and
the other implementations can be set once module is finished
loading. Possible values for this option are:
"fastest" - use the fastest math available
"original" - use the original raidz code
"scalar" - new scalar impl
"sse" - new SSE impl if available
"avx2" - new AVX2 impl if available
See contents of `/sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_vdev_raidz_impl` to
get the list of supported values. If an implementation is not supported
on the system, it will not be shown. Currently selected option is
enclosed in `[]`.
Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4328
ZFS allows for specific permissions to be delegated to normal users
with the `zfs allow` and `zfs unallow` commands. In addition, non-
privileged users should be able to run all of the following commands:
* zpool [list | iostat | status | get]
* zfs [list | get]
Historically this functionality was not available on Linux. In order
to add it the secpolicy_* functions needed to be implemented and mapped
to the equivalent Linux capability. Only then could the permissions on
the `/dev/zfs` be relaxed and the internal ZFS permission checks used.
Even with this change some limitations remain. Under Linux only the
root user is allowed to modify the namespace (unless it's a private
namespace). This means the mount, mountpoint, canmount, unmount,
and remount delegations cannot be supported with the existing code. It
may be possible to add this functionality in the future.
This functionality was validated with the cli_user and delegation test
cases from the ZFS Test Suite. These tests exhaustively verify each
of the supported permissions which can be delegated and ensures only
an authorized user can perform it.
Two minor bug fixes were required for test-running.py. First, the
Timer() object cannot be safely created in a `try:` block when there
is an unconditional `finally` block which references it. Second,
when running as a normal user also check for scripts using the
both the .ksh and .sh suffixes.
Finally, existing users who are simulating delegations by setting
group permissions on the /dev/zfs device should revert that
customization when updating to a version with this change.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#362Closes#434Closes#4100Closes#4394Closes#4410Closes#4487
New functionality:
- Preserves existing scalar implementation.
- Adds AVX2 optimized Fletcher-4 computation.
- Fastest routines selected on module load (benchmark).
- Test case for Fletcher-4 added to ztest.
New zcommon module parameters:
- zfs_fletcher_4_impl (str): selects the implementation to use.
"fastest" - use the fastest version available
"cycle" - cycle trough all available impl for ztest
"scalar" - use the original version
"avx2" - new AVX2 implementation if available
Performance comparison (Intel i7 CPU, 1MB data buffers):
- Scalar: 4216 MB/s
- AVX2: 14499 MB/s
See contents of `/sys/module/zcommon/parameters/zfs_fletcher_4_impl`
to get list of supported values. If an implementation is not supported
on the system, it will not be shown. Currently selected option is
enclosed in `[]`.
Signed-off-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4330
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6531
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/97e8130
Porting notes:
- Added new IO delay tracepoints, and moved common ZIO tracepoint macros
to a new trace_common.h file.
- Used zio_delay_taskq() in place of OpenZFS's timeout_generic() function.
- Updated zinject man page
- Updated zpool_scrub test files
Various rewrites to the descriptions of module parameters. Corrects
spelling mistakes, makes descriptions them more user-friendly and
describes some ZFS quirks which should be understood before changing
parameter values.
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4671
This is a purely cosmetical change, to consistently prefer one of
two (both acceptable) choises for the word parsable in documentation and
code. I don't really care which to use, but acording to wiktionary
https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/parsable#English parsable is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4682
These changes should have been part of the original 930b0d4
commit but were overlooked because 193a37c had not yet been
merged when the original change was ported.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4631
Simply containing a slash is not enough, presumably because foo/bar
could be either a dataset or a mountpoint.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#4655
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/1644
Ported-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
This change is primarily about adding inline references in the
properties section to the traditional mount option names.
There are some other editorial changes too.
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
3993 zpool(1M) and zfs(1M) should support -p for "list" and "get"
4700 "zpool get" doesn't support -H or -o options
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/3993
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4700
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c58b352
Porting notes:
I removed ZoL's zpool_get_prop_literal() in favor of
zpool_get_prop(..., boolean_t literal) since that's what OpenZFS
uses. The functionality is the same.
This is foundational work for ZED.
Updates a leaf vdev's persistent device strings on Linux platform
* only applies for a dedicated leaf vdev (aka whole disk)
* updated during pool create|add|attach|import
* used for matching device matching during auto-{online,expand,replace}
* stored in a leaf disk config label (i.e. alongside 'path' NVP)
* can opt-out using env var ZFS_VDEV_DEVID_OPT_OUT=YES
Some examples:
path: '/dev/sdb1'
devid: 'scsi-350000394a8ca4fbc-part1'
phys_path: 'pci-0000:04:00.0-sas-0x50000394a8ca4fbf-lun-0'
path: '/dev/mapper/mpatha'
devid: 'dm-uuid-mpath-35000c5006304de3f'
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2856Closes#3978Closes#4416
Historically libblkid support was detected as part of configure
and optionally enabled. This was done because at the time support
for detecting ZFS pool vdevs had just be added to libblkid and
those updated packages were not yet part of many distributions.
This is no longer the case and any reasonably current distribution
will ship a version of libblkid which can detect ZFS pool vdevs.
This patch makes libblkid mandatory at build time and libblkid
the preferred method of scanning for ZFS pools. For distributions
which include a modern version of libblkid there is no change in
behavior. Explicitly scanning the default search paths is still
supported and can be enabled with the '-s' command line option.
Additionally making libblkid mandatory means that the 'zpool create'
command can reliably detect if a specified device has an existing
non-ZFS filesystem (ext4, xfs) and print a warning.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2448
The existing algorithm selects a preferred leaf vdev based on offset of the zio
request modulo the number of members in the mirror. It assumes the devices are
of equal performance and that spreading the requests randomly over both drives
will be sufficient to saturate them. In practice this results in the leaf vdevs
being under utilized.
The new algorithm takes into the following additional factors:
* Load of the vdevs (number outstanding I/O requests)
* The locality of last queued I/O vs the new I/O request.
Within the locality calculation additional knowledge about the underlying vdev
is considered such as; is the device backing the vdev a rotating media device.
This results in performance increases across the board as well as significant
increases for predominantly streaming loads and for configurations which don't
have evenly performing devices.
The following are results from a setup with 3 Way Mirror with 2 x HD's and
1 x SSD from a basic test running multiple parrallel dd's.
With pre-fetch disabled (vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable=1):
== Stripe Balanced (default) ==
Read 15360MB using bs: 1048576, readers: 3, took 161 seconds @ 95 MB/s
== Load Balanced (zfslinux) ==
Read 15360MB using bs: 1048576, readers: 3, took 297 seconds @ 51 MB/s
== Load Balanced (locality freebsd) ==
Read 15360MB using bs: 1048576, readers: 3, took 54 seconds @ 284 MB/s
With pre-fetch enabled (vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable=0):
== Stripe Balanced (default) ==
Read 15360MB using bs: 1048576, readers: 3, took 91 seconds @ 168 MB/s
== Load Balanced (zfslinux) ==
Read 15360MB using bs: 1048576, readers: 3, took 108 seconds @ 142 MB/s
== Load Balanced (locality freebsd) ==
Read 15360MB using bs: 1048576, readers: 3, took 48 seconds @ 320 MB/s
In addition to the performance changes the code was also restructured, with
the help of Justin Gibbs, to provide a more logical flow which also ensures
vdevs loads are only calculated from the set of valid candidates.
The following additional sysctls where added to allow the administrator
to tune the behaviour of the load algorithm:
* vfs.zfs.vdev.mirror.rotating_inc
* vfs.zfs.vdev.mirror.rotating_seek_inc
* vfs.zfs.vdev.mirror.rotating_seek_offset
* vfs.zfs.vdev.mirror.non_rotating_inc
* vfs.zfs.vdev.mirror.non_rotating_seek_inc
These changes where based on work started by the zfsonlinux developers:
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/1487
Reviewed by: gibbs, mav, will
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
References:
https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd@5c7a6f5dhttps://github.com/freebsd/freebsd@31b7f68dhttps://github.com/freebsd/freebsd@e186f564
Performance Testing:
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4334#issuecomment-189057141
Porting notes:
- The tunables were adjusted to have ZoL-style names.
- The code was modified to use ZoL's vd_nonrot.
- Fixes were done to make cstyle.pl happy
- Merge conflicts were handled manually
- freebsd/freebsd@e186f564bc by my
collegue Andriy Gapon has been included. It applied perfectly, but
added a cstyle regression.
- This replaces 556011dbec entirely.
- A typo "IO'a" has been corrected to say "IO's"
- Descriptions of new tunables were added to man/man5/zfs-module-parameters.5.
Ported-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4334
Commit d2f3e29 introduced the -p option which outputs full paths
for vdevs to multiple zpool subcommands. When this was merged
there was no conflict for this flag letter. However it's certain
there will be a conflict with the -p (parsable) flag used by other
subcommands. Therefore, -p is being changed to -P to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4368
The following options have been added to the zpool add, iostat,
list, status, and split subcommands. The default behavior was
not modified, from zfs(8).
-g Display vdev GUIDs instead of the normal short
device names. These GUIDs can be used in-place of
device names for the zpool detach/off‐
line/remove/replace commands.
-L Display real paths for vdevs resolving all symbolic
links. This can be used to lookup the current block
device name regardless of the /dev/disk/ path used
to open it.
-p Display full paths for vdevs instead of only the
last component of the path. This can be used in
conjunction with the -L flag.
This behavior may also be enabled using the following environment
variables.
ZPOOL_VDEV_NAME_GUID
ZPOOL_VDEV_NAME_FOLLOW_LINKS
ZPOOL_VDEV_NAME_PATH
This change is based on worked originally started by Richard Yao
to add a -g option. Then extended by @ilovezfs to add a -L option
for openzfsonosx. Those changes have been merged, re-factored,
a -p option added and extended to all relevant zpool subcommands.
Original-patch-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Extended-by: ilovezfs <ilovezfs@icloud.com>
Extended-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: ilovezfs <ilovezfs@icloud.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2011Closes#4341
Set a limit for the largest compressed block which can be written
to an L2ARC device. By default this limit is set to 16M so there
is no change in behavior.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#4323
This patch add a module parameter spl_taskq_kick. When writing non-zero value
to it, it will scan all the taskq, if a taskq contains a task pending for more
than 5 seconds, it will be forced to spawn a new thread. This is use as an
emergency recovery from deadlock, not a general solution.
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#529
Reintroduce a slightly adapted version of the Illumos logic for
synchronous unlinks. The basic idea here is that only files
smaller than zfs_delete_blocks (20480) blocks should be deleted
synchronously. Unlinking larger files should be handled
asynchronously to minimize impact to the caller.
To accomplish this iput() which is responsible for calling
zfs_znode_delete() on Linux is only called in the delete_now
path. Otherwise zfs_async_iput() is used which allows the
last reference to be dropped by a taskq thread effectively
making the removal asynchronous.
Porting notes:
- Add zfs_delete_blocks module option for performance analysis.
The default value is DMU_MAX_DELETEBLKCNT which is the same
as upstream. Reducing this value means that smaller files
will be unlinked asynchronously like large files.
- All occurrences of zfsvfs changes to zsb.
Ported-by: KernelOfTruth kerneloftruth@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Under RHEL6/CentOS6 the default stack size must be increased to 32K
to prevent overflowing the stack when running ztest. This isn't an
issue for other distributions due to either the version of pthreads
or perhaps the compiler. Doubling the stack size resolves the
issue safely for all distribution and leaves us some headroom.
$ sudo -E ztest -V -T 300 -f /var/tmp/
5 vdevs, 7 datasets, 23 threads, 300 seconds...
loading space map for vdev 0 of 1, metaslab 0 of 30 ...
...
loading space map for vdev 0 of 1, metaslab 14 of 30 ...
child died with signal 11
Exited ztest with error 3
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4215
The spl_kmem_cache_kmem_threads module option was accidentally
omitted from the documentation. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#512
4891 want zdb option to dump all metadata
Reviewed by: Sonu Pillai <sonu.pillai@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
We'd like a way for zdb to dump metadata in a machine-readable
format, so that we can bring that back from a customer site for
in-house diagnosis. Think of it as a crash dump for zpools,
which can be used for post-mortem analysis of a malfunctioning
pool
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4891https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/df15e41
Porting notes:
- [cmd/zdb/zdb.c]
- a5778ea zdb: Introduce -V for verbatim import
- In main() getopt 'opt' variable removed and the code was
brought back in line with illumos.
- [lib/libzpool/kernel.c]
- 1e33ac1 Fix Solaris thread dependency by using pthreads
- f0e324f Update utsname support
- 4d58b69 Fix vn_open/vn_rdwr error handling
- In vn_open() allocate 'dumppath' on heap instead of stack
- Properly handle 'dump_fd == -1' error path
- Free 'realpath' after added vn_dumpdir_code block
Ported-by: kernelOfTruth kerneloftruth@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
5745 zfs set allows only one dataset property to be set at a time
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Bayard Bell <buffer.g.overflow@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Richard PALO <richard@NetBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Steven Hartland <killing@multiplay.co.uk>
Approved by: Rich Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/5745https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/3092556
Porting notes:
- Fix the missing braces around initializer, zfs_cmd_t zc = {"\0"};
- Remove extra format argument in zfs_do_set()
- Declare at the top:
- zfs_prop_t prop;
- nvpair_t *elem;
- nvpair_t *next;
- int i;
- Additionally initialize:
- int added_resv = 0;
- zfs_prop_t prop = 0;
- Assign 0 install of NULL for uint64_t types.
- zc->zc_nvlist_conf = '\0';
- zc->zc_nvlist_src = '\0';
- zc->zc_nvlist_dst = '\0';
Ported-by: kernelOfTruth kerneloftruth@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3574
Adds zio_taskq_batch_pct as an exported module parameter,
allowing users to modify it at module load time.
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4110
Correct some misspelled words and grammatical errors, and remove
trailing white space in the man pages.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4115
As part of the large block support effort, it makes sense to add
support for large blocks to **zpios(1)**. The specifying of a zfs
block size for zpios is optional and will default to 128K if the
block size is not specified.
`zpios ... -S size | --blocksize size ...`
This will use *size* ZFS blocks for each test, specified as a comma
delimited list with an optional unit suffix. The supported range is
powers of two from 128K through 16M. A range of block sizes can be
tested as follows: `-S 128K,256K,512K,1M`
Example run below
(non realistic results from a VM and output abbreviated for space)
```
--regioncount=750 --regionsize=8M --chunksize=1M --offset=4K
--threaddelay=0 --cleanup --human-readable --verbose --cleanup
--blocksize=128K,256K,512K,1M
th-cnt rg-cnt rg-sz ch-sz blksz wr-data wr-bw rd-data rd-bw
---------------------------------------------------------------------
4 750 8m 1m 128k 5g 90.06m 5g 93.37m
4 750 8m 1m 256k 5g 79.71m 5g 99.81m
4 750 8m 1m 512k 5g 42.20m 5g 93.14m
4 750 8m 1m 1m 5g 35.51m 5g 89.36m
8 750 8m 1m 128k 5g 85.49m 5g 90.81m
8 750 8m 1m 256k 5g 61.42m 5g 99.24m
8 750 8m 1m 512k 5g 49.09m 5g 108.78m
16 750 8m 1m 128k 5g 86.28m 5g 88.73m
16 750 8m 1m 256k 5g 64.34m 5g 93.47m
16 750 8m 1m 512k 5g 68.84m 5g 124.47m
16 750 8m 1m 1m 5g 53.97m 5g 97.20m
---------------------------------------------------------------------
```
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3795Closes#2071
ZFS incorrectly uses directory-based extended attributes even when
xattr=sa is specified as a dataset property or mount option. Support to
honor temporary mount options including "xattr" was added in commit
0282c4137e. There are two issues with the
mount option handling:
* Libzfs has historically included "xattr" in its list of default mount
options. This overrides the dataset property, so the dataset is always
configured to use directory-based xattrs even when the xattr dataset
property is set to off or sa. Address this by removing "xattr" from
the set of default mount options in libzfs.
* There was no way to enable system attribute-based extended attributes
using temporary mount options. Add the mount options "saxattr" and
"dirxattr" which enable the xattr behavior their names suggest. This
approach has the advantages of mirroring the valid xattr dataset
property values and following existing conventions for mount option
names.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3787
When adding a zvol to the system prefetch zvol_prefetch_bytes from the
start and end of the volume. Prefetching these regions of the volume is
desirable because they are likely to be accessed immediately by blkid(8),
the kernel scanning for a partition table, or another task which probes
the devices.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #3659
Internally ZFS keeps a small log to facilitate debugging. By default
the log is disabled, to enable it set zfs_dbgmsg_enable=1. The contents
of the log can be accessed by reading the /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/dbgmsg file.
Writing 0 to this proc file clears the log.
$ echo 1 >/sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_dbgmsg_enable
$ echo 0 >/proc/spl/kstat/zfs/dbgmsg
$ zpool import tank
$ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/dbgmsg
1 0 0x01 -1 0 2492357525542 2525836565501
timestamp message
1441141408 spa=tank async request task=1
1441141408 txg 70 open pool version 5000; software version 5000/5; ...
1441141409 spa=tank async request task=32
1441141409 txg 72 import pool version 5000; software version 5000/5; ...
1441141414 command: lt-zpool import tank
Note the zfs_dbgmsg() and dprintf() functions are both now mapped to
the same log. As mentioned above the kernel debug log can be accessed
though the /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/dbgmsg kstat. For user space consumers
log messages are immediately written to stdout after applying the
ZFS_DEBUG environment variable.
$ ZFS_DEBUG=on ./cmd/ztest/ztest -V
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#3728
This patch is based on the previous work done by @andrey-ve and
@yshui. It triggers the automount by using kern_path() to traverse
to the known snapshout mount point. Once the snapshot is mounted
NFS can access the contents of the snapshot.
Allowing NFS clients to access to the .zfs/snapshot directory would
normally mean that a root user on a client mounting an export with
'no_root_squash' would be able to use mkdir/rmdir/mv to manipulate
snapshots on the server. To prevent configuration mistakes a
zfs_admin_snapshot module option was added which disables the
mkdir/rmdir/mv functionally. System administators desiring this
functionally must explicitly enable it.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2797Closes#1655Closes#616
Internally, zvols are files exposed through the block device API. This
is intended to reduce overhead when things require block devices.
However, the ZoL zvol code emulates a traditional block device in that
it has a top half and a bottom half. This is an unnecessary source of
overhead that does not exist on any other OpenZFS platform does this.
This patch removes it. Early users of this patch reported double digit
performance gains in IOPS on zvols in the range of 50% to 80%.
Comments in the code suggest that the current implementation was done to
obtain IO merging from Linux's IO elevator. However, the DMU already
does write merging while arc_read() should implicitly merge read IOs
because only 1 thread is permitted to fetch the buffer into ARC. In
addition, commercial ZFSOnLinux distributions report that regular files
are more performant than zvols under the current implementation, and the
main consumers of zvols are VMs and iSCSI targets, which have their own
elevators to merge IOs.
Some minor refactoring allows us to register zfs_request() as our
->make_request() handler in place of the generic_make_request()
function. This eliminates the layer of code that broke IO requests on
zvols into a top half and a bottom half. This has several benefits:
1. No per zvol spinlocks.
2. No redundant IO elevator processing.
3. Interrupts are disabled only when actually necessary.
4. No redispatching of IOs when all taskq threads are busy.
5. Linux's page out routines will properly block.
6. Many autotools checks become obsolete.
An unfortunate consequence of eliminating the layer that
generic_make_request() is that we no longer calls the instrumentation
hooks for block IO accounting. Those hooks are GPL-exported, so we
cannot call them ourselves and consequently, we lose the ability to do
IO monitoring via iostat. Since zvols are internally files mapped as
block devices, this should be okay. Anyone who is willing to accept the
performance penalty for the block IO layer's accounting could use the
loop device in between the zvol and its consumer. Alternatively, perf
and ftrace likely could be used. Also, tools like latencytop will still
work. Tools such as latencytop sometimes provide a better view of
performance bottlenecks than the traditional block IO accounting tools
do.
Lastly, if direct reclaim occurs during spacemap loading and swap is on
a zvol, this code will deadlock. That deadlock could already occur with
sync=always on zvols. Given that swap on zvols is not yet production
ready, this is not a blocker.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Add the required kernel side infrastructure to parse arbitrary
mount options. This enables us to support temporary mount
options in largely the same way it is handled on other platforms.
See the 'Temporary Mount Point Properties' section of zfs(8)
for complete details.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#985Closes#3351
Allow for easy turning of a pools reserved free space. Previous
versions of ZFS (v0.6.4 and earlier) held 1/64 of the pools capacity
in reserve. Commits 3d45fdd and 0c60cc3 increased this to 1/32.
Setting spa_slop_shift=6 will restore the previous default setting.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3724
Add new keyword 'slot' to vdev_id.conf
This selects from where to get the slot number for a SAS/SATA disk
Needed to enable access to the physical position of a disk in a
Supermicro 2027R-AR24NV .
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#3693
This brings the behavior of arc_memory_throttle() back in sync with
illumos. The updated memory throttling policy roughly goes like this:
* Never throttle if more than 10% of memory is free. This threshold
is configurable with the zfs_arc_lotsfree_percent module option.
* Minimize any throttling of kswapd even when free memory is below
the set threshold. Allow it to write out pages as quickly as
possible to help alleviate the memory pressure.
* Delay all other threads when free memory is below the set threshold
in order to avoid compounding the memory pressure. Buffers will be
evicted from the ARC to reduce the issue.
The Linux specific zfs_arc_memory_throttle_disable module option has
been removed in favor of the existing zfs_arc_lotsfree_percent tuning.
Setting zfs_arc_lotsfree_percent=0 will have the same effect as
zfs_arc_memory_throttle_disable and it was therefore redundant.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3637
While Linux doesn't provide detailed information about the state of
the VM it does provide us total free pages. This information should
be incorporated in to the arc_available_memory() calculation rather
than solely relying on a signal from direct reclaim. Conceptually
this brings arc_available_memory() back in sync with illumos.
It is also desirable that the target amount of free memory be tunable
on a system. While the default values are expected to work well
for most workloads there may be cases where custom values are needed.
The zfs_arc_sys_free module option was added for this purpose.
zfs_arc_sys_free - The target number of bytes the ARC should leave
as free memory on the system. This value can
checked in /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/arcstats and
setting this module option will override the
default value.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3637
The zvol_threads module option should be bounded to a reasonable
range. The taskq must have at least 1 thread and shouldn't have
more than 1,024 at most. The default value of 32 is a reasonable
default.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3614
Add a new defclsyspri macro which can be used to request the default
Linux scheduler priority. Neither the minclsyspri or maxclsyspri map
to the default Linux kernel thread priority. This makes it awkward to
create taskqs which run with the same priority as the rest of the kernel
threads on the system which can lead to performance issues.
All SPL callers which previously used minclsyspri or maxclsyspri have
been changed to use defclsyspri. The vast majority of callers were
part of the test suite which won't have an external impact. The few
places where it could impact performance the change was from maxclsyspri
to defclsyspri. This makes it more likely the process will be scheduled
which may help performance.
To facilitate further performance analysis the spl_taskq_thread_priority
module option has been added. When disabled (0) all newly created kernel
threads will use the default kernel thread priority. When enabled (1)
the specified taskq priority will be used. By default this value is
enabled (1).
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Commit f521ce1 removed the minimum value for "arc_p" allowing it to
drop to zero or grow to "arc_c". This was done to improve specific
workload which constantly dirties new "metadata" but also frequently
touches a "small" amount of mfu data (e.g. mkdir's).
This change may still be desirable but it needs to be re-investigated.
in the context of the recent ARC changes from upstream. Therefore
this code is being restored to facilitate benchmarking. By setting
"zfs_arc_p_min_shift=64" we easily compare the performance.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #3533
5661 ZFS: "compression = on" should use lz4 if feature is enabled
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jeffpc@josefsipek.net>
Reviewed by: Xin LI <delphij@freebsd.org>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/db1741fhttps://www.illumos.org/issues/5661
Ported-by: kernelOfTruth kerneloftruth@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3571
A few minor mistakes than should be fixed:
zpool:
compatability -> compatibility
zfs:
accessable -> accessible
availible -> available
zfs-events:
availible -> available
zfs-module-parameters:
proceding -> proceeding
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3544
Setting the TASKQ_DYNAMIC flag will create a taskq with dynamic
semantics. Initially only a single worker thread will be created
to service tasks dispatched to the queue. As additional threads
are needed they will be dynamically spawned up to the max number
specified by 'nthreads'. When the threads are no longer needed,
because the taskq is empty, they will automatically terminate.
Due to the low cost of creating and destroying threads under Linux
by default new threads and spawned and terminated aggressively.
There are two modules options which can be tuned to adjust this
behavior if needed.
* spl_taskq_thread_sequential - The number of sequential tasks,
without interruption, which needed to be handled by a worker
thread before a new worker thread is spawned. Default 4.
* spl_taskq_thread_dynamic - Provides the ability to completely
disable the use of dynamic taskqs on the system. This is provided
for the purposes of debugging and troubleshooting. Default 1
(enabled).
This behavior is fundamentally consistent with the dynamic taskq
implementation found in both illumos and FreeBSD.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#458
This seems generally useful. metaslab_aliquot is the ZFS allocation
granularity, which is roughly equivalent to what is called the stripe
size in traditional RAID arrays. It seems relevant to performance
tuning.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Dechamps <etienne@edechamps.fr>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
sysstat's iostat omits the first report when the -y option is used.
This patch adds that functionality and omits the first report with
statistics since system boot.
Signed-off-by: Hajo Möller <dasjoe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3439
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@richardelling.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Porting notes and other significant code changes:
The illumos 5368 patch (ARC should cache more metadata), which
was never picked up by ZoL, is mostly reverted by this patch.
Since ZoL relies on the kernel asynchronously calling the shrinker to
actually reap memory, the shrinker wakes up arc_reclaim_waiters_cv every
time it runs.
The arc_adapt_thread() function no longer calls arc_do_user_evicts()
since the newly-added arc_user_evicts_thread() calls it periodically.
Notable conflicting ZoL commits which conflicted with this patch or
whose effects are either duplicated or un-done by this patch:
302f753 - Integrate ARC more tightly with Linux
39e055c - Adjust arc_p based on "bytes" in arc_shrink
f521ce1 - Allow "arc_p" to drop to zero or grow to "arc_c"
77765b5 - Remove "arc_meta_used" from arc_adjust calculation
94520ca - Prune metadata from ghost lists in arc_adjust_meta
Trace support for multilist_insert() and multilist_remove() has been
added and produces the following output:
fio-12498 [077] .... 112936.448324: zfs_multilist__insert: ml { offset 240 numsublists 80 sublistidx 63 }
fio-12498 [077] .... 112936.448347: zfs_multilist__remove: ml { offset 240 numsublists 80 sublistidx 29 }
The following arcstats have been removed:
recycle_miss - Used by arcstat.py and arc_summary.py, both of which
have been updated appropriately.
l2_writes_hdr_miss
The following arcstats have been added:
evict_not_enough - Number of times arc_evict_state() was unable to
evict enough buffers to reach its target amount.
evict_l2_skip - Number of times arc_evict_hdr() skipped eviction
because it was being written to the l2arc.
l2_writes_lock_retry - Replaces l2_writes_hdr_miss. Number of times
l2arc_write_done() failed to acquire hash_lock (and re-tries).
arc_meta_min - Shows the value of the zfs_arc_meta_min module
parameter (see below).
The "index" column of the "dbuf" kstat has been removed since it doesn't
have a direct analog in the new multilist scheme. Additional multilist-
related stats could be added in the future but would likely require
extensions to the mulilist API.
The following module parameters have been added:
zfs_arc_evict_batch_limit - Number of ARC headers to free per sub-list
before moving on to the next sub-list.
zfs_arc_meta_min - Enforce a floor on the amount of metadata in
the ARC.
zfs_arc_num_sublists_per_state - Number of multilist sub-lists per
ARC state.
zfs_arc_overflow_shift - Controls amount by which the ARC must exceed
the target size to be considered "overflowing".
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov
* Add information about the 'zpool events' command in zpool(8).
* More events and payloads defined in zfs-events(5).
* I/O Stages and I/O Flags sections added.
* Remove unused legacy "zio_deadline" payload define.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3467
If the pool/dataset command-line argument is specified with a trailing
slash, for example, "tank/", it is interpreted as the root dataset.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3415
This commit updates the copyright boilerplate within the ZED subtree.
The instructions for appending a contributor copyright line have
been removed. Manually maintaining copyright notices in this
manner is error-prone, imprecise at a file-scope granularity, and
oftentimes inaccurate. These lines can become a pernicious source of
merge conflicts. A commit log is better suited to maintaining this
information. Consequently, a line has been added to the boilerplate
to refer to the git commit log for authoritative copyright attribution.
To account for the scenario where a file may become separated from
the codebase and commit history (i.e., it is copied somewhere else),
a line has been added to identify the file's origin.
http://softwarefreedom.org/resources/2012/ManagingCopyrightInformation.html
Signed-off-by: Chris Dunlap <cdunlap@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3384
5027 zfs large block support
Reviewed by: Alek Pinchuk <pinchuk.alek@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@richardelling.com>
Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov.ml@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/5027https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/b515258
Porting Notes:
* Included in this patch is a tiny ISP2() cleanup in zio_init() from
Illumos 5255.
* Unlike the upstream Illumos commit this patch does not impose an
arbitrary 128K block size limit on volumes. Volumes, like filesystems,
are limited by the zfs_max_recordsize=1M module option.
* By default the maximum record size is limited to 1M by the module
option zfs_max_recordsize. This value may be safely increased up to
16M which is the largest block size supported by the on-disk format.
At the moment, 1M blocks clearly offer a significant performance
improvement but the benefits of going beyond this for the majority
of workloads are less clear.
* The illumos version of this patch increased DMU_MAX_ACCESS to 32M.
This was determined not to be large enough when using 16M blocks
because the zfs_make_xattrdir() function will fail (EFBIG) when
assigning a TX. This was immediately observed under Linux because
all newly created files must have a security xattr created and
that was failing. Therefore, we've set DMU_MAX_ACCESS to 64M.
* On 32-bit platforms a hard limit of 1M is set for blocks due
to the limited virtual address space. We should be able to relax
this one the ABD patches are merged.
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#354
Support exporting all imported pools in one go, using 'zpool export -a'.
This is accomplished by moving the export parts from zpool_do_export()
in to the new function zpool_export_one(). The for_each_pool() function
is used to enumerate the list of pools to be exported. Passing an argc
of 0 implies the function should be called on all pools.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes: #3203
3897 zfs filesystem and snapshot limits
Author: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3897https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/a2afb61
Porting Notes:
dsl_dataset_snapshot_check(): reduce stack usage using kmem_alloc().
Ported-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The default was changed in #2820.
Signed-off-by: cburroughs <chris.burroughs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3341
Commit b1a3e93217 accidentally
introduced an intentation error between the 'zfs receive'
and 'zfs allow' detailed documentation sections.
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3312
Commit b738bc5 should have updated the default value of zfs_pd_bytes_max
in the zfs(8) man page. The correct default value is 50*1024*1024.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
5694 traverse_prefetcher does not prefetch enough
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Bayard Bell <buffer.g.overflow@gmail.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/5694https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/34d7ce05
Ported-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3230
The zio_inject.c keeps zio_injection_enabled as a counter of
fault handlers, so it should not be exported to user space as
a module option.
Several EXPORT_SYMBOLs are moved from zio.c to zio_inject.c,
where the symbols are defined.
Signed-off-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3199
The goal of this function is to evict enough meta data buffers from the
ARC in order to enforce the arc_meta_limit. Achieving this is slightly
more complicated than it appears because it is common for data buffers
to have holds on meta data buffers. In addition, dnode meta data buffers
will be held by the dnodes in the block preventing them from being freed.
This means we can't simply traverse the ARC and expect to always find
enough unheld meta data buffer to release.
Therefore, this function has been updated to make alternating passes
over the ARC releasing data buffers and then newly unheld meta data
buffers. This ensures forward progress is maintained and arc_meta_used
will decrease. Normally this is sufficient, but if required the ARC
will call the registered prune callbacks causing dentry and inodes to
be dropped from the VFS cache. This will make dnode meta data buffers
available for reclaim. The number of total restarts in limited by
zfs_arc_meta_adjust_restarts to prevent spinning in the rare case
where all meta data is pinned.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Issue #3160
Originally when the ARC prune callback was introduced the idea was
to register a single callback for the ZPL. The ARC could invoke this
call back if it needed the ZPL to drop dentries, inodes, or other
cache objects which might be pinning buffers in the ARC. The ZPL
would iterate over all ZFS super blocks and perform the reclaim.
For the most part this design has worked well but due to limitations
in 2.6.35 and earlier kernels there were some problems. This patch
is designed to address those issues.
1) iterate_supers_type() is not provided by all kernels which makes
it impossible to safely iterate over all zpl_fs_type filesystems in
a single callback. The most straight forward and portable way to
resolve this is to register a callback per-filesystem during mount.
The arc_*_prune_callback() functions have always supported multiple
callbacks so this is functionally a very small change.
2) Commit 050d22b removed the non-portable shrink_dcache_memory()
and shrink_icache_memory() functions and didn't replace them with
equivalent functionality. This meant that for Linux 3.1 and older
kernels the ARC had no mechanism to drop dentries and inodes from
the caches if needed. This patch adds that missing functionality
by calling shrink_dcache_parent() to release dentries which may be
pinning inodes. This will result in all unused cache entries being
dropped which is a bit heavy handed but it's the only interface
available for old kernels.
3) A zpl_drop_inode() callback is registered for kernels older than
2.6.35 which do not support the .evict_inode callback. This ensures
that when the last reference on an inode is dropped it is immediately
removed from the cache. If this isn't done than inode can end up on
the global unused LRU with no mechanism available to ZFS to drop them.
Since the ARC buffers are not dropped the hottest inodes can still
be recreated without performing disk IO.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Issue #3160
The extra one was under the 'zfs receive' command (which isn't relevant).
Instead, it should have been further up (still in the 'zfs send' option).
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3194
Long ago the zio_bulk_flags module parameter was introduced to
facilitate debugging and profiling the zio_buf_caches. Today
this code works well and there's no compelling reason to keep
this functionality. In fact it's preferable to revert this so
the code is more consistent with other ZFS implementations.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Issue #3063
This change is designed to improve the memory utilization of
slabs by more carefully setting their size. The way the code
currently works is problematic for slabs which contain large
objects (>1MB). This is due to slabs being unconditionally
rounded up to a power of two which may result in unused space
at the end of the slab.
The reason the existing code rounds up every slab is because it
assumes it will backed by the buddy allocator. Since the buddy
allocator can only performs power of two allocations this is
desirable because it avoids wasting any space. However, this
logic breaks down if slab is backed by vmalloc() which operates
at a page level granularity. In this case, the optimal thing to
do is calculate the minimum required slab size given certain
constraints (object size, alignment, objects/slab, etc).
Therefore, this patch reworks the spl_slab_size() function so
that it sizes KMC_KMEM slabs differently than KMC_VMEM slabs.
KMC_KMEM slabs are rounded up to the nearest power of two, and
KMC_VMEM slabs are allowed to be the minimum required size.
This change also reduces the default number of objects per slab.
This reduces how much memory a single cache object can pin, which
can result in significant memory saving for highly fragmented
caches. But depending on the workload it may result in slabs
being allocated and freed more frequently. In practice, this
has been shown to be a better default for most workloads.
Also the maximum slab size has been reduced to 4MB on 32-bit
systems. Due to the limited virtual address space it's critical
the we be as frugal as possible. A limit of 4M still lets us
reasonably comfortably allocate a limited number of 1MB objects.
Finally, the kmem:slab_small and kmem:slab_large SPLAT tests
were extended to provide better test coverage of various object
sizes and alignments. Caches are created with random parameters
and their basic functionality is verified by allocating several
slabs worth of objects.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The spl-module-parameters(5) was not kept up to date. Refresh
the man page so that it lists all the possible module options,
describes what the do, and justify why the default values are
set they way the are.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Many people have noticed that the kmem cache implementation is slow
to release its memory. This patch makes the reclaim behavior more
aggressive by immediately freeing a slab once it is empty. Unused
objects which are cached in the magazines will still prevent a slab
from being freed.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
This patch achieves the following goals:
1. It replaces the preprocessor kmem flag to gfp flag mapping with
proper translation logic. This eliminates the potential for
surprises that were previously possible where kmem flags were
mapped to gfp flags.
2. It maps vmem_alloc() allocations to kmem_alloc() for allocations
sized less than or equal to the newly-added spl_kmem_alloc_max
parameter. This ensures that small allocations will not contend
on a single global lock, large allocations can still be handled,
and potentially limited virtual address space will not be squandered.
This behavior is entirely different than under Illumos due to
different memory management strategies employed by the respective
kernels. However, this functionally provides the semantics required.
3. The --disable-debug-kmem, --enable-debug-kmem (default), and
--enable-debug-kmem-tracking allocators have been unified in to
a single spl_kmem_alloc_impl() allocation function. This was
done to simplify the code and make it more maintainable.
4. Improve portability by exposing an implementation of the memory
allocations functions that can be safely used in the same way
they are used on Illumos. Specifically, callers may safely
use KM_SLEEP in contexts which perform filesystem IO. This
allows us to eliminate an entire class of Linux specific changes
which were previously required to avoid deadlocking the system.
This change will be largely transparent to existing callers but there
are a few caveats:
1. Because the headers were refactored and extraneous includes removed
callers may find they need to explicitly add additional #includes.
In particular, kmem_cache.h must now be explicitly includes to
access the SPL's kmem cache implementation. This behavior is
different from Illumos but it was done to avoid always masking
the Linux slab functions when kmem.h is included.
2. Callers, like Lustre, which made assumptions about the definitions
of KM_SLEEP, KM_NOSLEEP, and KM_PUSHPAGE will need to be updated.
Other callers such as ZFS which did not will not require changes.
3. KM_PUSHPAGE is no longer overloaded to imply GFP_NOIO. It retains
its original meaning of allowing allocations to access reserved
memory. KM_PUSHPAGE callers can be converted back to KM_SLEEP.
4. The KM_NODEBUG flags has been retired and the default warning
threshold increased to 32k.
5. The kmem_virt() functions has been removed. For callers which
need to distinguish between a physical and virtual address use
is_vmalloc_addr().
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Add a table describing the debugging flags that can be set in the zfs_flags
module parameter. Also change the module_param type to 'uint' so users aren't
shown a negative value. The updated man page text is reproduced below for
convenience.
zfs_flags (int)
Set additional debugging flags. The following flags may be
bitwise-or'd together.
+-------------------------------------------------------+
|Value Symbolic Name |
| Description |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 1 ZFS_DEBUG_DPRINTF |
| Enable dprintf entries in the debug log. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 2 ZFS_DEBUG_DBUF_VERIFY * |
| Enable extra dbuf verifications. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 4 ZFS_DEBUG_DNODE_VERIFY * |
| Enable extra dnode verifications. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 8 ZFS_DEBUG_SNAPNAMES |
| Enable snapshot name verification. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 16 ZFS_DEBUG_MODIFY |
| Check for illegally modified ARC buffers. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 32 ZFS_DEBUG_SPA |
| Enable spa_dbgmsg entries in the debug log. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 64 ZFS_DEBUG_ZIO_FREE |
| Enable verification of block frees. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
| 128 ZFS_DEBUG_HISTOGRAM_VERIFY |
| Enable extra spacemap histogram verifications. |
+-------------------------------------------------------+
* Requires debug build.
Default value: 0.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2988
Reviewed by Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov.ml@gmail.com>
Approved by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
References:
https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/b8289d2https://www.illumos.org/issues/3756
Porting notes:
The static function zfs_prop_activate_feature() was removed because
this change removes the only caller. The function was not removed
from Illumos but instead left as dead code. However, to keep gcc
happy it was removed from Linux and may be easily restored if needed.
Ported by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1540
Since the Linux 2.6.29 kernel all mutexes have been adaptive mutexs.
There is no longer any point in keeping this code so it is being
removed to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Users intending to use dedup should be clearly advised about
its memory requirements and the risks involved.
Thanx to Sachiru for comments and suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2754
Creating virtual machines that have their rootfs on ZFS on hosts that
have their rootfs on ZFS causes SPA namespace collisions when the
standard name rpool is used. The solution is either to give each guest
pool a name unique to the host, which is not always desireable, or boot
a VM environment containing an ISO image to install it, which is
cumbersome.
26b42f3f9d introduced `zpool import -t
...` to simplify situations where a host must access a guest's pool when
there is a SPA namespace conflict. We build upon that to introduce
`zpool import -t tname ...`. That allows us to create a pool whose
in-core name is tname, but whose on-disk name is the normal name
specified.
This simplifies the creation of machine images that use a rootfs on ZFS.
That benefits not only real world deployments, but also ZFSOnLinux
development by decreasing the time needed to perform rootfs on ZFS
experiments.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2417
zpool import's -t parameter is intended for use with -R when operating
on pools that belong to other systems. Like -R, pools imported in this
way should not update the cachefile unless explicitly requested. The
initial implementation allowed the cachefile to be updated when -R was
not used. This went uncaught during testing because -R had implicitly
disabled use of the cachefile.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2417
To aid in detecting and debugging stack overflow issues make the
user space stack limit configurable via a new ZFS_STACK_SIZE
environment variable. The value assigned to ZFS_STACK_SIZE will
be used as the default stack size in bytes.
Because this is mainly useful as a debugging aid in conjunction
with ztest the stack limit is disabled by default. See the ztest(1)
man page for additional details on using the ZFS_STACK_SIZE
environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#2743
Issue #2293
The executables invoked by the ZED in response to a given zevent
have been generically referred to as "scripts". By convention,
these scripts have aimed to be /bin/sh compatible for reasons of
portability and comprehensibility. However, the ZED only requires
they be executable and (ideally) capable of reading environment
variables. As such, these scripts are now referred to as ZEDLETs
(ZFS Event Daemon Linkage for Executable Tasks).
Signed-off-by: Chris Dunlap <cdunlap@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2735
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <adam.leventhal@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Mattew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jeffpc@josefsipek.net>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/5138https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/af3465d
Porting notes:
Because support for exposing a uint64_t parameter wasn't added
until v3.17-rc1 the zfs_free_max_blocks variable has been declared
as a unsigned long. This is already far larger than required and
it allows us to avoid additional autoconf compatibility code.
The default value has been set to 100,000 on Linux instead of
ULONG_MAX which is used on Illumos. This was done to limit the
number of outstanding IOs in the system when snapshots are destroyed.
This helps ensure individual TXG sync times are kept reasonable and
memory isn't wasted managing a huge backlog of outstanding IOs.
Ported by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2675Closes#2581
5161 add tunable for number of metaslabs per vdev
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex.reece@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov.ml@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/5161https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/bf3e216
Ported by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2698
This documentation is based FreeBSD's zpool(8) man page.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2682
This gives a huge performance improvement in operations with deduped
datasets especially when the bottleneck is the amount of ram
available for zfs.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2639
4970 need controls on i/o issued by zpool import -XF
4971 zpool import -T should accept hex values
4972 zpool import -T implies extreme rewind, and thus a scrub
4973 spa_load_retry retries the same txg
4974 spa_load_verify() reads all data twice
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4970https://www.illumos.org/issues/4971https://www.illumos.org/issues/4972https://www.illumos.org/issues/4973https://www.illumos.org/issues/4974https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/e42d205
Notes:
This set of patches adds a set of tunable parameters for the
"extreme rewind" mode of pool import which allows control over
the traversal performed during such an import.
Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2598
5034 ARC's buf_hash_table is too small
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov.ml@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/5034https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/63e911b
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2615
4976 zfs should only avoid writing to a failing non-redundant top-level vdev
4978 ztest fails in get_metaslab_refcount()
4979 extend free space histogram to device and pool
4980 metaslabs should have a fragmentation metric
4981 remove fragmented ops vector from block allocator
4982 space_map object should proactively upgrade when feature is enabled
4983 need to collect metaslab information via mdb
4984 device selection should use fragmentation metric
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <adam.leventhal@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4976https://www.illumos.org/issues/4978https://www.illumos.org/issues/4979https://www.illumos.org/issues/4980https://www.illumos.org/issues/4981https://www.illumos.org/issues/4982https://www.illumos.org/issues/4983https://www.illumos.org/issues/4984https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/2e4c998
Notes:
The "zdb -M" option has been re-tasked to display the new metaslab
fragmentation metric and the new "zdb -I" option is used to control
the maximum number of in-flight I/Os.
The new fragmentation metric is derived from the space map histogram
which has been rolled up to the vdev and pool level and is presented
to the user via "zpool list".
Add a number of module parameters related to the new metaslab weighting
logic.
Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2595
Add a new 'overlay' property (default 'off') that controls whether the
filesystem should be mounted even if the mountpoint is busy or if it
should fail with a 'mountpoint not empty'.
Doing overlay mounts is the default mount behavior on Linux, but not
in ZFS. It have been decided that following the ZFS behavior should
be the default, but this overlay allows for site administrator to
override this decision on a per-dataset basis.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes: #2503
4390 i/o errors when deleting filesystem/zvol can lead to space map corruption
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4390https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/7fd05ac
Porting notes:
Previous stack-reduction efforts in traverse_visitb() caused a fair
number of un-mergable pieces of code. This patch should reduce its
stack footprint a bit more.
The new local bptree_entry_phys_t in bptree_add() is dynamically-allocated
using kmem_zalloc() for the purpose of stack reduction.
The new global zfs_free_leak_on_eio has been defined as an integer
rather than a boolean_t as was the case with the related zfs_recover
global. Also, zfs_free_leak_on_eio's definition has been inserted into
zfs_debug.c for consistency with the existing definition of zfs_recover.
Illumos placed it in spa_misc.c.
Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2545
4757 ZFS embedded-data block pointers ("zero block compression")
4913 zfs release should not be subject to space checks
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Max Grossman <max.grossman@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4757https://www.illumos.org/issues/4913https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/5d7b4d4
Porting notes:
For compatibility with the fastpath code the zio_done() function
needed to be updated. Because embedded-data block pointers do
not require DVAs to be allocated the associated vdevs will not
be marked and therefore should not be unmarked.
Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2544
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Description from Matt Ahrens's bug report at Delphix:
Add a new zfs property, "redundant_metadata" which can have values
"all" or "most". The default will be "all", which is the current
behavior. Setting to "most" will cause us to only store 1 copy of
level-1 indirect blocks of user data files.
Additional notes:
The new man page section for this property states
"The exact behavior of which metadata blocks
are stored redundantly may change in future releases."
and:
"When set to most, ZFS stores an extra copy of most types of
metadata. This can improve performance of random writes,
because less metadata must be written."
The current implementation is as described above in Matt's blog.
It is controlled by a new global integer
"zfs_redundant_metadata_most_ditto_level", currently initialized
to 2. When "redundant_metadata" is set to "most", only indirect
blocks of the specified level and higher will have additional ditto
blocks created.
Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2542
4370 avoid transmitting holes during zfs send
4371 DMU code clean up
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jeffpc@josefsipek.net>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>a
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4370https://www.illumos.org/issues/4371https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/43466aa
Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2529
4171 clean up spa_feature_*() interfaces
4172 implement extensible_dataset feature for use by other zpool features
Reviewed by: Max Grossman <max.grossman@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>a
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4171https://www.illumos.org/issues/4172https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/2acef22
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2528
This functionality is already available in 'zfs get'. Providing
it for 'zpool get' is useful and good for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes: #2522
In no way complete - most have been trial and error and some
deducing what they could mean. It needs more information from
someone that knows the code better. But this is a start and
it lays the basic structure for adding this additional detail.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2357
4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control
4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves
4103 space map object blocksize should be increased
4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object
4106 asynchronously load metaslab
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the
amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't
contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which
meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map
that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the
allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process.
This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information
about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this
information to make a better decision about which space_map to load.
This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their
bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata.
The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by
this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram
In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to
be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has
certain implications including the following:
* 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit
* large space_maps require more metadata on-disk
* large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads)
Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size
set via the space_map_max_blksz variable.
A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when
removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did
not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e.
mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log
device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because
top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them.
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23
Porting notes:
A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also,
the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary.
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2488
When given a pool name via -e, zdb would attempt an import. If it
failed, then it would attempt a verbatim import. This behavior is
not always desirable so a -V switch is added to zdb to control the
behavior. When specified, a verbatim import is done. Otherwise,
the behavior is as it was previously, except no verbatim import
is done on failure.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2372
The parameter was added as illumos issue 4081 which was committed to
zfsonlinux in ac72fac3ea. This patch
documents the parameter and allows for it to be set as a module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2483
Most ZFS implementations seemed to have missed this bit of documentation.
The additional text is based on FreeBSD's man page.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2416
Users need to be aware that when replacing devices in an existing
pool they may need to override automatically detected ashift value.
This will all depend on the exact hardware they are using.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2024
The property name gets mangled with the explanation due to the property
length. Fixed by putting the explanation on the next line.
Before:
unsupported@feature_Info rmation about unsupported features that are
enabled on the pool. See zpool-features(5) for details.
After:
unsupported@feature_guid
Information about unsupported features that are enabled on the pool. See
zpool-features(5) for details.
Signed-off-by: SenH <sen@senhaerens.be>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2419
These options have existed for a long time but have historically
been undocumented because they are not guaranteed to be safe. They
should only be used as a last resort when attempting to recover a
damaged pool.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1130
Document that the scan-related parameters are, in fact, applicable only
to scrub and/or resilver operations as appropriate.
Expand a few of the prefetch-related descriptions.
Add clarification to other module parameters.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2361
* Remove the references to share(1M), unshare(1M) and dfstab(4)
since they are not applicable to Linux.
* Add the exact exportfs command line used when setting sharenfs=on.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue: #1641
Users need to be aware that when adding devices to an existing pool
they may need to override automatically detected ashift value.
This will all depend on the exact hardware they are using.
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes: #2024
Today the metaslab_debug logic performs two tasks:
- load all metaslabs on import/open
- don't unload metaslabs at the end of spa_sync
This change provides knobs for each of these independently.
References:
https://illumos.org/issues/4101https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23
Notes:
1) This is a small piece of the metaslab improvement patch from
Illumos. It was worth bringing over before the rest, since it's
low risk and it can be useful on fragmented pools (e.g. Lustre
MDTs). metaslab_debug_unload would give the performance benefit
of the old metaslab_debug option without causing unwanted delay
during pool import.
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2227
The problem is described in commit aeeb4e0c0a.
However, instead of disabling the binding to CPU altogether we just keep the
last CPU index across calls to taskq_create() and thus achieve even
distribution of the taskq threads across all available CPUs.
The implementation based on assumption that task queues initialization
performed in serial manner.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Vesnovaty <andrey.vesnovaty@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Vesnovaty <andreyv@infinidat.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#336
zed monitors ZFS events. When a zevent is posted, zed will run any
scripts that have been enabled for the corresponding zevent class.
Multiple scripts may be invoked for a given zevent. The zevent
nvpairs are passed to the scripts as environment variables.
Events are processed synchronously by the single thread, and there is
no maximum timeout for script execution. Consequently, a misbehaving
script can delay (or forever block) the processing of subsequent
zevents. Plans are to address this in future commits.
Initial scripts have been developed to log events to syslog
and send email in response to checksum/data/io errors and
resilver.finish/scrub.finish events. By default, email will only
be sent if the ZED_EMAIL variable is configured in zed.rc (which is
serving as a config file of sorts until a proper configuration file
is implemented).
Signed-off-by: Chris Dunlap <cdunlap@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2
Originally, users had to handle spa namespace collisions by either
exporting the already imported pool or by specifying a new name for the
pool with a conflicting name. In the case of root pools from virtual
guests, neither approach to collision resolution is reasonable. This is
addressed by extending the new name syntax with a -t option to specify
that the new name is temporary. When specified, this sets an internal
flag that is passed into the kernel to tell it that all label updates
should refer to the name used in the original label. Consequently, the
original pool name will be retained on export.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2189
In Debian GNU/Linux a program called 'linitian' is used to make sure
that packages conforms to the Debian GNU/Linux packaging guide lines.
This fixes the problem reported as:
W: zfsutils: manpage-has-bad-whatis-entry usr/share/man/man1/zhack.1.gz
W: zfsutils: manpage-has-bad-whatis-entry usr/share/man/man8/fsck.zfs.8.gz
Not something that ZoL needs to addhere to, but every other man page
have their NAME section in a special way - why not these two as well?
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2161
It's unclear why adjustments to arc_p need to be dampened as they are in
arc_adjust. With that said, it's removal significantly improves the arc's
ability to "warm up" to a given workload. Thus, I'm disabling by default
until its usefulness is better understood.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2110
Setting a limit on the minimum value of "arc_p" has been shown to have
detrimental effects on the arc hit rate for certain "metadata" intensive
workloads. Specifically, this has been exhibited with a workload that
constantly dirties new "metadata" but also frequently touches a "small"
amount of mfu data (e.g. mkdir's).
What is seen is that the new anon data throttles the mfu list to a
negligible size (because arc_p > anon + mru in arc_get_data_buf), even
though the mfu ghost list receives a constant stream of hits. To remedy
this, arc_p is now allowed to drop to zero if the algorithm deems it
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2110
For specific workloads consisting mainly of mfu data and new anon data
buffers, the aggressive growth of arc_p found in the arc_get_data_buf()
function can have detrimental effects on the mfu list size and ghost
list hit rate.
Running a workload consisting of two processes:
* Process 1 is creating many small files
* Process 2 is tar'ing a directory consisting of many small files
I've seen arc_p and the mru grow to their maximum size, while the mru
ghost list receives 100K times fewer hits than the mfu ghost list.
Ideally, as the mfu ghost list receives hits, arc_p should be driven
down and the size of the mfu should increase. Given the specific
workload I was testing with, the mfu list size should grow to a point
where almost no mfu ghost list hits would occur. Unfortunately, this
does not happen because the newly dirtied anon buffers constancy drive
arc_p to its maximum value and keep it there (effectively prioritizing
the mru list and starving the mfu list down to a negligible size).
The logic to increment arc_p from within the arc_get_data_buf() function
was introduced many years ago in this upstream commit:
commit 641fbdae3a027d12b3c3dcd18927ccafae6d58bc
Author: maybee <none@none>
Date: Wed Dec 20 15:46:12 2006 -0800
6505658 target MRU size (arc.p) needs to be adjusted more aggressively
and since I don't fully understand the motivation for the change, I am
reluctant to completely remove it.
As a way to test out how it's removal might affect performance, I've
disabled that code by default, but left it tunable via a module option.
Thus, if its removal is found to be grossly detrimental for certain
workloads, it can be re-enabled on the fly, without a code change.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #2110
Add the "relatime" property. When set to "on", a file's atime will only
be updated if the existing atime at least a day old or if the existing
ctime or mtime has been updated since the last access. This behavior
is compatible with the Linux "relatime" mount option.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2064Closes#1917
Setting the 'dist_' prefix is the correct way to instruct Automake
to include these files in the distribution. The EXTRA_DIST variable
is reserved for files which are not covered by the automatic rules.
http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/manual/automake.html#Basics
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Setting the 'dist_' prefix is the correct way to instruct Automake
to include these files in the distribution. The EXTRA_DIST variable
is reserved for files which are not covered by the automatic rules.
http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/manual/automake.html#Basics
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The vdev_id udev helper currently applies slot renumbering rules to
every channel (JBOD) in the system. This is too inflexible for systems
with non-homogeneous storage topologies. The "slot" keyword now takes
an optional third parameter which names a channel to which the mapping
will apply. If the third parameter is omitted then the rule applies to
all channels. The first-specified rule that can match a slot takes
precedence. Therefore a channel-specific rule for a given slot should
generally appear before a generic rule for the same slot number. In
this way a custom slot mapping can be applied to a particular channel
and a default mapping applied to the rest.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#2056
Four new dataset properties have been added to support SELinux. They
are 'context', 'fscontext', 'defcontext' and 'rootcontext' which map
directly to the context options described in mount(8). When one of
these properties is set to something other than 'none'. That string
will be passed verbatim as a mount option for the given context when
the filesystem is mounted.
For example, if you wanted the rootcontext for a filesystem to be set
to 'system_u:object_r:fs_t' you would set the property as follows:
$ zfs set rootcontext="system_u:object_r:fs_t" storage-pool/media
This will ensure the filesystem is automatically mounted with that
rootcontext. It is equivalent to manually specifying the rootcontext
with the -o option like this:
$ zfs mount -o rootcontext=system_u:object_r:fs_t storage-pool/media
By default all four contexts are set to 'none'. Further information
on SELinux contexts is detailed in mount(8) and selinux(8) man pages.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Thode <prometheanfire@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Closes#1504
The Snapshots section of the zfs(8) man page is incorrect and should
have been updated as part of #1312. Snapshots of volumes can be
accessed independently and their visibility is determined by the
'snapdev=hidden|visible' property. This is analogous to the existing
'snapdir=hidden|visible' property.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#1921
4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync
read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler
issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class
has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator
algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of
concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve
good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write
throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced
below) for more details.
2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and
txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays
when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of
dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When
there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be
delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait"
that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several
seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is
decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end
of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o
scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the
block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for
more details.
This diff has several other effects, including:
* the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed;
use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead.
* the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the
time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer
an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data.
Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is
always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal.
Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this.
* zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression,
checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks
to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is
rounded up).
--matt
APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler
The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem
with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of
i/os can see very long delays.
For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async
writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this
situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds
(typically 3 seconds).
If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must
service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we
enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in
the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because
there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we
must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes)
before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous
i/os (reads or ZIL writes).
Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux:
- zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because
object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at
allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved
from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two
new fields.
- vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue
(vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from.
This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used
for the same purpose.
- vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine
the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer
exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of
the five I/O classes described above.
- The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by
sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread
(curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in
Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called
zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other
downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic.
- These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added
to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
spa_asize_inflation
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms
zfs_vdev_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active
zfs_dirty_data_max_percent
zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max
zfs_dirty_data_max_max
zfs_dirty_data_sync
zfs_delay_scale
The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in
Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but
means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures.
The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most
likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM
sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to
2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes
it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this
solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a
reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected
systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults.
- Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration.
- Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take
effect.
- Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file
with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts
how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty
data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how
many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which
we expect to never happen).
- The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in
zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the
zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate().
- In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the
heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large
structures on the stack.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1913
This is a first draft of a spl-module-parameters(5) man page. I have
just extracted the parameter name and its description with modinfo,
then checked the source what type it is and its default value.
This will need more work, preferably someone that actually know these
values and what to use them for. Similar to zfsonlinux/zfs#1856, but
for the spl.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closeszfsonlinux/zfs#1856
This is a first draft of a zfs-module-parameters(5) man page. I have
just extracted the parameter name and its description with modinfo,
then checked the source what type it is and its default value.
This will need more work, preferably someone that actually know these
values and what to use them for.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1856
Commit 0cee240 from FreeBSD dramatically speeds up 'zfs list'
performance assuming you're only interested in the dataset
names. This optimization should be mentioned in the man page
to allow end users to take advantage of it.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1847
3588 provide zfs properties for logical (uncompressed) space
used and referenced
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@dey-sys.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3588illumos/illumos-gate@77372cb0f3
Ported-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Cstyle is the C source style checker used by Illumos. Since the
original ZFS source was written using these style guidelines they
must also be followed by ZoL for consistency.
The checker has been added to the scripts directory and may be
run on a per file basis. New patches should be careful to avoid
introducing new style warnings.
Additionally, the 'checkstyle' target has been added to the top
level Makefile and can be used to check the entire source tree.
While Zol has historically attempted to follow the SunOS style
guide the lack of a rigorous style checker has allowed various
warning to be introduced. Currently there are 2211 reported
style violations and we want to gradually eliminate these from
the tree.
Note the cstyle.1 man page is provided under man/man1/cstyle.1
but since it is a developer utility it is not installed along
with the other man pages.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
This change adds support for Posix ACLs by storing them as an xattr
which is common practice for many Linux file systems. Since the
Posix ACL is stored as an xattr it will not overwrite any existing
ZFS/NFSv4 ACLs which may have been set. The Posix ACL will also
be non-functional on other platforms although it may be visible
as an xattr if that platform understands SA based xattrs.
By default Posix ACLs are disabled but they may be enabled with
the new 'aclmode=noacl|posixacl' property. Set the property to
'posixacl' to enable them. If ZFS/NFSv4 ACL support is ever added
an appropriate acltype will be added.
This change passes the POSIX Test Suite cleanly with the exception
of xacl/00.t test 45 which is incorrect for Linux (Ext4 fails too).
http://www.tuxera.com/community/posix-test-suite/
Signed-off-by: Massimo Maggi <me@massimo-maggi.eu>
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#170
Extend the xattr property section of zfs(8) such that it covers
both styles of supported xattr. A short discussion of the benefits
and drawbacks of each type is presented to allow users to make an
informed choice.
Signed-off-by: Massimo Maggi <me@massimo-maggi.eu>
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #170
This works the same as the -p switch to "zfs get", displaying full
resolution values for appropriate attributes.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1813
Document the "-D" and "-T" options and the optional interval
and count or "zpool status".
Also for zpool's man page, use a consistent order for the
various "-T" options to match the program's help output.
Document the effect of additional "-D" options for zdb.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1786
The detach section of the zpool(8) man page now suggests the
offline command. Using offline may be more appropriate for
certain situations.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1776
2882 implement libzfs_core
2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset
2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com>
Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1293
Porting notes:
WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that
the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with
the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel
modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the
zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and
you will see errors similar to the following:
$ zpool list
failed to read pool configuration: bad address
no pools available
$ zfs list
no datasets available
Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function.
Remove the logging of the "release" operation in
dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference
because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the
logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name()
function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked
in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in
Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring).
Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs.
Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu.
Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in
illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and
3115 fixes.
Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added
in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time
(zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
The help output of for zfs set/get says that sync can be one of
standard | always | disabled
but the man pages claim it can be
sync=default | always | disabled
the accepted value is standard, this changes the manpage to give the
correct values.
Signed-off-by: Steven Burgess <sburgess@dattobackup.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1634
The manpage reports fletcher2, but in zio.h ZIO_CHECKSUM_ON_VALUE
is defined to ZIO_CHECKSUM_FLETCHER_4.
Signed-off-by: Massimo Maggi <me@massimo-maggi.eu>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1628
zpool list has the same options for repeating as zpool iostat
has, but that is not documented. This patch adds the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The FreeBSD implementation of zfs adds the 'zpool labelclear'
command. Since this functionality is helpful and straight
forward to add it is being included in ZoL.
References:
freebsd/freebsd@119a041dc9
Ported-by: Dmitry Khasanov <pik4ez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1126
Adds zpool split documentation to the zpool man page. I only documented
the options that I could get to work. While it is documented on some
sun blogs that devices can be specified for split, I was not able to get
that to work during my testing.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1456
3306 zdb should be able to issue reads in parallel
3321 'zpool reopen' command should be documented in the man
page and help
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matthew.ahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <chris.siden@delphix.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
References:
illumos/illumos-gate@31d7e8fa33https://www.illumos.org/issues/3306https://www.illumos.org/issues/3321
The vdev_file.c implementation in this patch diverges significantly
from the upstream version. For consistenty with the vdev_disk.c
code the upstream version leverages the Illumos bio interfaces.
This makes sense for Illumos but not for ZoL for two reasons.
1) The vdev_disk.c code in ZoL has been rewritten to use the
Linux block device interfaces which differ significantly
from those in Illumos. Therefore, updating the vdev_file.c
to use the Illumos interfaces doesn't get you consistency
with vdev_disk.c.
2) Using the upstream patch as is would requiring implementing
compatibility code for those Solaris block device interfaces
in user and kernel space. That additional complexity could
lead to confusion and doesn't buy us anything.
For these reasons I've opted to simply move the existing vn_rdwr()
as is in to the taskq function. This has the advantage of being
low risk and easy to understand. Moving the vn_rdwr() function
in to its own taskq thread also neatly avoids the possibility of
a stack overflow.
Finally, because of the additional work which is being handled by
the free taskq the number of threads has been increased. The
thread count under Illumos defaults to 100 but was decreased to 2
in commit 08d08e due to contention. We increase it to 8 until
the contention can be address by porting Illumos #3581.
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1354
* Update manpage with more information about the ACL, guest access
and that samba needs to be able to authenticate user(s).
* Add information that 'net' can be used to modify the share after
ZFS sharing and that it will be undone with a 'zfs unshare'.
* Give an example on how to mount a SMB filesystem shared via ZFS.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1181
Issue #1170
The automake templates have been updated to install this man
page and the existing packaging was updated to include it.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The automake templates have been updated to install them,
and the existing packaging will automatically include them.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Supplements #518
Detected by rpmlint the 'rpool/export/home' section was being
interpretted by troff as an undefined macro. This resulted
in the 'rpool/export/home' output being omitted from 'man zdb'.
This was caused by starting the line with a ' character. By
moving the 'in' down to the next line we're able to fix it.
zfs.x86_64: W: manual-page-warning /usr/share/man/man8/zdb.8.gz
450: warning: macro `rpool/export/home'' not defined
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The new snapdev dataset property may be set to control the
visibility of zvol snapshot devices. By default this value
is set to 'hidden' which will prevent zvol snapshots from
appearing under /dev/zvol/ and /dev/<dataset>/. When set to
'visible' all zvol snapshots for the dataset will be visible.
This functionality was largely added because when automatic
snapshoting is enabled large numbers of read-only zvol snapshots
will be created. When creating these devices the kernel will
attempt to read their partition tables, and blkid will attempt
to identify any filesystems on those partitions. This leads
to a variety of issues:
1) The zvol partition tables will be read in the context of
the `modprobe zfs` for automatically imported pools. This
is undesirable and should be done asynchronously, but for
now reducing the number of visible devices helps.
2) Udev expects to be able to complete its work for a new
block devices fairly quickly. When many zvol devices are
added at the same time this is no longer be true. It can
lead to udev timeouts and missing /dev/zvol links.
3) Simply having lots of devices in /dev/ can be aukward from
a management standpoint. Hidding the devices your unlikely
to ever use helps with this. Any snapshot device which is
needed can be made visible by changing the snapdev property.
NOTE: This patch changes the default behavior for zvols which
was effectively 'snapdev=visible'.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1235Closes#945
Issue #956
Issue #756
`zpool status -x` should only flag errors or where the pool is
unavailable. If it imported fine but isn't using the latest features
available in the code, that's not an error.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1319
As of 0.6.0-rc11 using ZFS volumes as Linux swap devices is
supported. Swapping to files in ZFS filesystems is not.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1189
The zpool-features(5) man page should reference the Linux zfs(8)
and zpool(8) man pages. The 1M convention isn't used on Linux.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1184
The zpool-features(5) man page was accidentally omitted from the
build target when feature flags was merged. As a result it doesn't
get installed as part of 'make install' so none of the packages
include this man page.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1262
3035 LZ4 compression support in ZFS and GRUB
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Christopher Siden <csiden@delphix.com>
References:
illumos/illumos-gate@a6f561b4aehttps://www.illumos.org/issues/3035http://wiki.illumos.org/display/illumos/LZ4+Compression+In+ZFS
This patch has been slightly modified from the upstream Illumos
version to be compatible with Linux. Due to the very limited
stack space in the kernel a lz4 workspace kmem cache is used.
Since we are using gcc we are also able to take advantage of the
gcc optimized __builtin_ctz functions.
Support for GRUB has been dropped from this patch. That code
is available but those changes will need to made to the upstream
GRUB package.
Lastly, several hunks of dead code were dropped for clarity. They
include the functions real_LZ4_uncompress(), LZ4_compressBound()
and the Visual Studio specific hunks wrapped in _MSC_VER.
Ported-by: Eric Dillmann <eric@jave.fr>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1217
* Move -R option up one position in the list to match
the Illumos documentation.
* Move -D option up one position and refreshed it to
match the Illumos documentation.
* Move -p option up one position and refreshed it to
match the Illumos documentation.
* Add the -n, -P documentation found in zfs receive
in to zfs send where to belongs.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1187
The only valid options are -vnFu, these other ones seem to be
misplaced zfs send options.
Remove: -D -r -p -n -P
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#1186
2762 zpool command should have better support for feature flags
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com>
References:
illumos/illumos-gate@57221772c3https://www.illumos.org/issues/2762
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
2619 asynchronous destruction of ZFS file systems
2747 SPA versioning with zfs feature flags
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com>
Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com>
References:
illumos/illumos-gate@53089ab7c8illumos/illumos-gate@ad135b5d64
illumos changeset: 13700:2889e2596bd6
https://www.illumos.org/issues/2619https://www.illumos.org/issues/2747
NOTE: The grub specific changes were not ported. This change
must be made to the Linux grub packages.
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Add a vdev_id feature to map device names based on already defined
udev device links. To increase the odds that vdev_id will run after
the rules it depends on, increase the vdev.rules rule number from 60
to 69. With this change, vdev_id now provides functionality analogous
to zpool_id and zpool_layout, paving the way to retire those tools.
A defined alias takes precedence over a topology-derived name, but the
two naming methods can otherwise coexist. For example, one might name
drives in a JBOD with the sas_direct topology while naming an internal
L2ARC device with an alias.
For example, the following lines in vdev_id.conf will result in the
creation of links /dev/disk/by-vdev/{d1,d2}, each pointing to the same
target as the device link specified in the third field.
# by-vdev
# name fully qualified or base name of device link
alias d1 /dev/disk/by-id/wwn-0x5000c5002de3b9ca
alias d2 wwn-0x5000c5002def789e
Also perform some minor vdev_id cleanup, such as removal of the unused
-s command line option.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#981
Add the initial support for the 'smbshare' option using the
existing libshare infrastructure. Because this implementation
relies on usershares samba version 3.0.23 is required.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#493
When adding devices to an existing pool "ashift" property is
auto-detected. However, if this property was overridden at
the pool creation time (i.e. zpool create -o ashift=12 tank ...)
this may not be what the user wants. This commit lets the user
specify the value of "ashift" property to be used with newly
added drives. For example,
zpool add -o ashift=12 tank disk1
zpool attach -o ashift=12 tank disk1 disk2
Signed-off-by: Cyril Plisko <cyril.plisko@mountall.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#566
Remove all of the generated autotools products from the repository
and update the .gitignore files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#718
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <George.Wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@richardelling.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/2635
Ported by: Martin Matuska <martin@matuska.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#717
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Eric Schrock <eric.schrock@delphix.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/1693
Ported by: Martin Matuska <martin@matuska.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#678
Currently, zvols have a discard granularity set to 0, which suggests to
the upper layer that discard requests of arbirarily small size and
alignment can be made efficiently.
In practice however, ZFS does not handle unaligned discard requests
efficiently: indeed, it is unable to free a part of a block. It will
write zeros to the specified range instead, which is both useless and
inefficient (see dnode_free_range).
With this patch, zvol block devices expose volblocksize as their discard
granularity, so the upper layer is aware that it's not supposed to send
discard requests smaller than volblocksize.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#862
1644 add ZFS "clones" property
1645 add ZFS "written" and "written@..." properties
1646 "zfs send" should estimate size of stream
1647 "zfs destroy" should determine space reclaimed by
destroying multiple snapshots
1708 adjust size of zpool history data
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/1644https://www.illumos.org/issues/1645https://www.illumos.org/issues/1646https://www.illumos.org/issues/1647https://www.illumos.org/issues/1708
This commit modifies the user to kernel space ioctl ABI. Extra
care should be taken when updating to ensure both the kernel
modules and utilities are updated. This change has reordered
all of the new ioctl()s to the end of the list. This should
help minimize this issue in the future.
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Albert Lee <trisk@opensolaris.org>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garret@nexenta.com>
Ported by: Martin Matuska <martin@matuska.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#826Closes#664
The end_writeback() function was changed by moving the call to
inode_sync_wait() earlier in to evict(). This effecitvely changes
the ordering of the sync but it does not impact the details of
the zfs implementation.
However, as part of this change end_writeback() was renamed to
clear_inode() to reflect the new semantics. This change does
impact us and clear_inode() now maps to end_writeback() for
kernels prior to 3.5.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@cs.stonybrook.edu>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#784
The vmtruncate_range() support has been removed from the kernel in
favor of using the fallocate method in the file_operations table.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@cs.stonybrook.edu>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #784
The export_operations member ->encode_fh() has been updated to
take both the child and parent inodes. This interface used to
take the child dentry and a bool describing if the parent is needed.
NOTE: While updating this code I noticed that we do not currently
cleanly handle the case where we're passed a connectable parent.
This code should be audited to make sure we're doing the right thing.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@cs.stonybrook.edu>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #784
Currently, zpool online -e (dynamic vdev expansion) doesn't work on
whole disks because we're invoking ioctl(BLKRRPART) from userspace
while ZFS still has a partition open on the disk, which results in
EBUSY.
This patch moves the BLKRRPART invocation from the zpool utility to the
module. Specifically, this is done just before opening the device in
vdev_disk_open() which is called inside vdev_reopen(). This requires
jumping through some hoops to get to the disk device from the partition
device, and to make sure we can still open the partition after the
BLKRRPART call.
Note that this new code path is triggered on dynamic vdev expansion
only; other actions, like creating a new pool, are unchanged and still
call BLKRRPART from userspace.
This change also depends on API changes which are available in 2.6.37
and latter kernels. The build system has been updated to detect this,
but there is no compatibility mode for older kernels. This means that
online expansion will NOT be available in older kernels. However, it
will still be possible to expand the vdev offline.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#808
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <ikozhukhov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Alexander Eremin <alexander.eremin@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Alexander Stetsenko <ams@nexenta.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/1748
This commit modifies the user to kernel space ioctl ABI. Extra
care should be taken when updating to ensure both the kernel
modules and utilities are updated. If only the user space
component is updated both the 'zpool events' command and the
'zpool reguid' command will not work until the kernel modules
are updated.
Ported by: Martin Matuska <martin@matuska.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#665
torvalds/linux@adc0e91ab1 introduced
introduced d_make_root() as a replacement for d_alloc_root(). Further
commits appear to have removed d_alloc_root() from the Linux source
tree. This causes the following failure:
error: implicit declaration of function 'd_alloc_root'
[-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
To correct this we update the code to use the current d_make_root()
interface for readability. Then we introduce an autotools check
to determine if d_make_root() is available. If it isn't then we
define some compatibility logic which used the older d_alloc_root()
interface.
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#776
vdev_id parses the file /etc/zfs/vdev_id.conf to map a physical path
in a storage topology to a channel name. The channel name is combined
with a disk enclosure slot number to create an alias that reflects the
physical location of the drive. This is particularly helpful when it
comes to tasks like replacing failed drives. Slot numbers may also be
re-mapped in case the default numbering is unsatisfactory. The drive
aliases will be created as symbolic links in /dev/disk/by-vdev.
The only currently supported topologies are sas_direct and sas_switch:
o sas_direct - a channel is uniquely identified by a PCI slot and a
HBA port
o sas_switch - a channel is uniquely identified by a SAS switch port
A multipath mode is supported in which dm-mpath devices are handled by
examining the first running component disk, as reported by 'multipath
-l'. In multipath mode the configuration file should contain a
channel definition with the same name for each path to a given
enclosure.
vdev_id can replace the existing zpool_id script on systems where the
storage topology conforms to sas_direct or sas_switch. The script
could be extended to support other topologies as well. The advantage
of vdev_id is that it is driven by a single static input file that can
be shared across multiple nodes having a common storage toplogy.
zpool_id, on the other hand, requires a unique /etc/zfs/zdev.conf per
node and a separate slot-mapping file. However, zpool_id provides the
flexibility of using any device names that show up in
/dev/disk/by-path, so it may still be needed on some systems.
vdev_id's functionality subsumes that of the sas_switch_id script, and
it is unlikely that anyone is using it, so sas_switch_id is removed.
Finally, /dev/disk/by-vdev is added to the list of directories that
'zpool import' will scan.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#713
The mode argument of iops->create()/mkdir()/mknod() was changed from
an 'int' to a 'umode_t'. To prevent a compiler warning an autoconf
check was added to detect the API change and then correctly set a
zpl_umode_t typedef. There is no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#701
Add support for the `zfs list -t snap` alias which is available under
Oracle Solaris 11.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#640
For consistency, and because it's handy, add the 'zfs snap' alias which
was introduced by Oracle Solaris 11. This includes an update to the
man page to reflect all the available alias (snap, umount, and recv).
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#640
Allow rigorous (and expensive) tx validation to be enabled/disabled
indepentantly from the standard zfs debugging. When enabled these
checks ensure that all txs are constructed properly and that a dbuf
is never dirtied without taking the correct tx hold.
This checking is particularly helpful when adding new dmu consumers
like Lustre. However, for established consumers such as the zpl
with no known outstanding tx construction problems this is just
overhead.
--enable-debug-dmu-tx - Enable/disable validation of each tx as
--disable-debug-dmu-tx it is constructed. By default validation
is disabled due to performance concerns.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Add support for the .zfs control directory. This was accomplished
by leveraging as much of the existing ZFS infrastructure as posible
and updating it for Linux as required. The bulk of the core
functionality is now all there with the following limitations.
*) The .zfs/snapshot directory automount support requires a 2.6.37
or newer kernel. The exception is RHEL6.2 which has backported
the d_automount patches.
*) Creating/destroying/renaming snapshots with mkdir/rmdir/mv
in the .zfs/snapshot directory works as expected. However,
this functionality is only available to root until zfs
delegations are finished.
* mkdir - create a snapshot
* rmdir - destroy a snapshot
* mv - rename a snapshot
The following issues are known defeciences, but we expect them to
be addressed by future commits.
*) Add automount support for kernels older the 2.6.37. This should
be possible using follow_link() which is what Linux did before.
*) Accessing the .zfs/snapshot directory via NFS is not yet possible.
The majority of the ground work for this is complete. However,
finishing this work will require resolving some lingering
integration issues with the Linux NFS kernel server.
*) The .zfs/shares directory exists but no futher smb functionality
has yet been implemented.
Contributions-by: Rohan Puri <rohan.puri15@gmail.com>
Contributiobs-by: Andrew Barnes <barnes333@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#173
Allow a source rpm to be rebuilt with debugging enabled. This
avoids the need to have to manually modify the spec file. By
default debugging is still largely disabled. To enable specific
debugging features use the following options with rpmbuild.
'--with debug' - Enables ASSERTs
# For example:
$ rpmbuild --rebuild --with debug zfs-modules-0.6.0-rc6.src.rpm
Additionally, ZFS_CONFIG has been added to zfs_config.h for
packages which build against these headers. This is critical
to ensure both zfs and the dependant package are using the same
prototype and structure definitions.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
DISCARD (REQ_DISCARD, BLKDISCARD) is useful for thin provisioning.
It allows ZVOL clients to discard (unmap, trim) block ranges from
a ZVOL, thus optimizing disk space usage by allowing a ZVOL to
shrink instead of just grow.
We can't use zfs_space() or zfs_freesp() here, since these functions
only work on regular files, not volumes. Fortunately we can use the
low-level function dmu_free_long_range() which does exactly what we
want.
Currently the discard operation is not added to the log. That's not
a big deal since losing discard requests cannot result in data
corruption. It would however result in disk space usage higher than
it should be. Thus adding log support to zvol_discard() is probably
a good idea for a future improvement.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Currently only the (FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE) flag combination is
supported, since it's the only one that matches the behavior of
zfs_space(). This makes it pretty much useless in its current
form, but it's a start.
To support other flag combinations we would need to modify
zfs_space() to make it more flexible, or emulate the desired
functionality in zpl_fallocate().
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #334
The Linux block device queue subsystem exposes a number of configurable
settings described in Linux block/blk-settings.c. The defaults for these
settings are tuned for hard drives, and are not optimized for ZVOLs. Proper
configuration of these options would allow upper layers (I/O scheduler) to
take better decisions about write merging and ordering.
Detailed rationale:
- max_hw_sectors is set to unlimited (UINT_MAX). zvol_write() is able to
handle writes of any size, so there's no reason to impose a limit. Let the
upper layer decide.
- max_segments and max_segment_size are set to unlimited. zvol_write() will
copy the requests' contents into a dbuf anyway, so the number and size of
the segments are irrelevant. Let the upper layer decide.
- physical_block_size and io_opt are set to the ZVOL's block size. This
has the potential to somewhat alleviate issue #361 for ZVOLs, by warning
the upper layers that writes smaller than the volume's block size will be
slow.
- The NONROT flag is set to indicate this isn't a rotational device.
Although the backing zpool might be composed of rotational devices, the
resulting ZVOL often doesn't exhibit the same behavior due to the COW
mechanisms used by ZFS. Setting this flag will prevent upper layers from
making useless decisions (such as reordering writes) based on incorrect
assumptions about the behavior of the ZVOL.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
zvol_write() assumes that the write request must be written to stable storage
if rq_is_sync() is true. Unfortunately, this assumption is incorrect. Indeed,
"sync" does *not* mean what we think it means in the context of the Linux
block layer. This is well explained in linux/fs.h:
WRITE: A normal async write. Device will be plugged.
WRITE_SYNC: Synchronous write. Identical to WRITE, but passes down
the hint that someone will be waiting on this IO
shortly.
WRITE_FLUSH: Like WRITE_SYNC but with preceding cache flush.
WRITE_FUA: Like WRITE_SYNC but data is guaranteed to be on
non-volatile media on completion.
In other words, SYNC does not *mean* that the write must be on stable storage
on completion. It just means that someone is waiting on us to complete the
write request. Thus triggering a ZIL commit for each SYNC write request on a
ZVOL is unnecessary and harmful for performance. To make matters worse, ZVOL
users have no way to express that they actually want data to be written to
stable storage, which means the ZIL is broken for ZVOLs.
The request for stable storage is expressed by the FUA flag, so we must
commit the ZIL after the write if the FUA flag is set. In addition, we must
commit the ZIL before the write if the FLUSH flag is set.
Also, we must inform the block layer that we actually support FLUSH and FUA.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The second argument of sops->show_options() was changed from a
'struct vfsmount *' to a 'struct dentry *'. Add an autoconf check
to detect the API change and then conditionally define the expected
interface. In either case we are only interested in the zfs_sb_t.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#549
The Linux 3.1 kernel has introduced the concept of per-filesystem
shrinkers which are directly assoicated with a super block. Prior
to this change there was one shared global shrinker.
The zfs code relied on being able to call the global shrinker when
the arc_meta_limit was exceeded. This would cause the VFS to drop
references on a fraction of the dentries in the dcache. The ARC
could then safely reclaim the memory used by these entries and
honor the arc_meta_limit. Unfortunately, when per-filesystem
shrinkers were added the old interfaces were made unavailable.
This change adds support to use the new per-filesystem shrinker
interface so we can continue to honor the arc_meta_limit. The
major benefit of the new interface is that we can now target
only the zfs filesystem for dentry and inode pruning. Thus we
can minimize any impact on the caching of other filesystems.
In the context of making this change several other important
issues related to managing the ARC were addressed, they include:
* The dnlc_reduce_cache() function which was called by the ARC
to drop dentries for the Posix layer was replaced with a generic
zfs_prune_t callback. The ZPL layer now registers a callback to
drop these dentries removing a layering violation which dates
back to the Solaris code. This callback can also be used by
other ARC consumers such as Lustre.
arc_add_prune_callback()
arc_remove_prune_callback()
* The arc_reduce_dnlc_percent module option has been changed to
arc_meta_prune for clarity. The dnlc functions are specific to
Solaris's VFS and have already been largely eliminated already.
The replacement tunable now represents the number of bytes the
prune callback will request when invoked.
* Less aggressively invoke the prune callback. We used to call
this whenever we exceeded the arc_meta_limit however that's not
strictly correct since it results in over zeleous reclaim of
dentries and inodes. It is now only called once the arc_meta_limit
is exceeded and every effort has been made to evict other data from
the ARC cache.
* More promptly manage exceeding the arc_meta_limit. When reading
meta data in to the cache if a buffer was unable to be recycled
notify the arc_reclaim thread to invoke the required prune.
* Added arcstat_prune kstat which is incremented when the ARC
is forced to request that a consumer prune its cache. Remember
this will only occur when the ARC has no other choice. If it
can evict buffers safely without invoking the prune callback
it will.
* This change is also expected to resolve the unexpect collapses
of the ARC cache. This would occur because when exceeded just the
arc_meta_limit reclaim presure would be excerted on the arc_c
value via arc_shrink(). This effectively shrunk the entire cache
when really we just needed to reclaim meta data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#466Closes#292
Directly changing inode->i_nlink is deprecated in Linux 3.2 by commit
SHA: bfe8684869601dacfcb2cd69ef8cfd9045f62170
Use the new set_nlink() kernel function instead.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes: #462
ZoL and all Solaris derivatives allow pool names to contain the colon
and space characters. Update the man page to reflect current behavior.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes: #438
Added the necessary build infrastructure for building packages
compatible with the Arch Linux distribution. As such, one can now run:
$ ./configure
$ make pkg # Alternatively, one can run 'make arch' as well
on the Arch Linux machine to create two binary packages compatible with
the pacman package manager, one for the zfs userland utilities and
another for the zfs kernel modules. The new packages can then be
installed by running:
# pacman -U $package.pkg.tar.xz
In addition, source-only packages suitable for an Arch Linux chroot
environment or remote builder can also be build using the 'sarch' make
rule.
NOTE: Since the source dist tarball is created on the fly from the head
of the build tree, it's MD5 hash signature will be continually influx.
As a result, the md5sum variable was intentionally omitted from the
PKGBUILD files, and the '--skipinteg' makepkg option is used. This may
or may not have any serious security implications, as the source tarball
is not being downloaded from an outside source.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#491
Update the code to use the bdi_setup_and_register() helper to
simplify the bdi integration code. The updated code now just
registers the bdi during mount and destroys it during unmount.
The only complication is that for 2.6.32 - 2.6.33 kernels the
helper wasn't available so in these cases the zfs code must
provide it. Luckily the bdi_setup_and_register() function
is trivial.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#367
For a long time now the kernel has been moving away from using the
pdflush daemon to write 'old' dirty pages to disk. The primary reason
for this is because the pdflush daemon is single threaded and can be
a limiting factor for performance. Since pdflush sequentially walks
the dirty inode list for each super block any delay in processing can
slow down dirty page writeback for all filesystems.
The replacement for pdflush is called bdi (backing device info). The
bdi system involves creating a per-filesystem control structure each
with its own private sets of queues to manage writeback. The advantage
is greater parallelism which improves performance and prevents a single
filesystem from slowing writeback to the others.
For a long time both systems co-existed in the kernel so it wasn't
strictly required to implement the bdi scheme. However, as of
Linux 2.6.36 kernels the pdflush functionality has been retired.
Since ZFS already bypasses the page cache for most I/O this is only
an issue for mmap(2) writes which must go through the page cache.
Even then adding this missing support for newer kernels was overlooked
because there are other mechanisms which can trigger writeback.
However, there is one critical case where not implementing the bdi
functionality can cause problems. If an application handles a page
fault it can enter the balance_dirty_pages() callpath. This will
result in the application hanging until the number of dirty pages in
the system drops below the dirty ratio.
Without a registered backing_device_info for the filesystem the
dirty pages will not get written out. Thus the application will hang.
As mentioned above this was less of an issue with older kernels because
pdflush would eventually write out the dirty pages.
This change adds a backing_device_info structure to the zfs_sb_t
which is already allocated per-super block. It is then registered
when the filesystem mounted and unregistered on unmount. It will
not be registered for mounted snapshots which are read-only. This
change will result in flush-<pool> thread being dynamically created
and destroyed per-mounted filesystem for writeback.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#174
Add a "REFRATIO" property, which is the compression ratio based on
data referenced. For snapshots, this is the same as COMPRESSRATIO,
but for filesystems/volumes, the COMPRESSRATIO is based on the
data "USED" (ie, includes blocks in children, but not blocks
shared with the origin).
This is needed to figure out how much space a filesystem would
use if it were not compressed (ignoring snapshots).
Reviewed by: George Wilson <George.Wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <Adam.Leventhal@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@richardelling.com>
Reviewed by: Mark Musante <Mark.Musante@oracle.com>
Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
References to Illumos issue and patch:
- https://www.illumos.org/issues/1092
- https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/187d6ac08a
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #340
The following supported options were missing from the zpool.8
man page. The OpenSolaris man pages originally used were simply
out of date with the code.
zpool import
-F Recovery mode
-m Allow missing log devices
-N Import but don't mount
-n Determine if recoverable but don't do it
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Unlike most other Linux distributions archlinux installs its
init scripts in /etc/rc.d insead of /etc/init.d. This commit
provides an archlinux rc.d script for zfs and extends the
build infrastructure to ensure it get's installed in the
correct place.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#322
The .get_sb callback has been replaced by a .mount callback
in the file_system_type structure. When using the new
interface the caller must now use the mount_nodev() helper.
Unfortunately, the new interface no longer passes the vfsmount
down to the zfs layers. This poses a problem for the existing
implementation because we currently save this pointer in the
super block for latter use. It provides our only entry point
in to the namespace layer for manipulating certain mount options.
This needed to be done originally to allow commands like
'zfs set atime=off tank' to work properly. It also allowed me
to keep more of the original Solaris code unmodified. Under
Solaris there is a 1-to-1 mapping between a mount point and a
file system so this is a fairly natural thing to do. However,
under Linux they many be multiple entries in the namespace
which reference the same filesystem. Thus keeping a back
reference from the filesystem to the namespace is complicated.
Rather than introduce some ugly hack to get the vfsmount and
continue as before. I'm leveraging this API change to update
the ZFS code to do things in a more natural way for Linux.
This has the upside that is resolves the compatibility issue
for the long term and fixes several other minor bugs which
have been reported.
This commit updates the code to remove this vfsmount back
reference entirely. All modifications to filesystem mount
options are now passed in to the kernel via a '-o remount'.
This is the expected Linux mechanism and allows the namespace
to properly handle any options which apply to it before passing
them on to the file system itself.
Aside from fixing the compatibility issue, removing the
vfsmount has had the benefit of simplifying the code. This
change which fairly involved has turned out nicely.
Closes#246Closes#217Closes#187Closes#248Closes#231
The security_inode_init_security() function now takes an additional
qstr argument which must be passed in from the dentry if available.
Passing a NULL is safe when no qstr is available the relevant
security checks will just be skipped.
Closes#246Closes#217Closes#187
The inode eviction should unmap the pages associated with the inode.
These pages should also be flushed to disk to avoid the data loss.
Therefore, use truncate_setsize() in evict_inode() to release the
pagecache.
The API truncate_setsize() was added in 2.6.35 kernel. To ensure
compatibility with the old kernel, the patch defines its own
truncate_setsize function.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Joshi <pjoshi@stec-inc.com>
Closes#255
Some disks with internal sectors larger than 512 bytes (e.g., 4k) can
suffer from bad write performance when ashift is not configured
correctly. This is caused by the disk not reporting its actual sector
size, but a sector size of 512 bytes. The drive may behave this way
for compatibility reasons. For example, the WDC WD20EARS disks are
known to exhibit this behavior.
When creating a zpool, ZFS takes that wrong sector size and sets the
"ashift" property accordingly (to 9: 1<<9=512), whereas it should be
set to 12 for 4k sectors (1<<12=4096).
This patch allows an adminstrator to manual specify the known correct
ashift size at 'zpool create' time. This can significantly improve
performance in certain cases. However, it will have an impact on your
total pool capacity. See the updated ashift property description
in the zpool.8 man page for additional details.
Valid values for the ashift property range from 9 to 17 (512B-128KB).
Additionally, you may set the ashift to 0 if you wish to auto-detect
the sector size based on what the disk reports, this is the default
behavior. The most common ashift values are 9 and 12.
Example:
zpool create -o ashift=12 tank raidz2 sda sdb sdc sdd
Closes#280
Original-patch-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
The previous commit 8a7e1ceefa wasn't
quite right. This check applies to both the user and kernel space
build and as such we must make sure it runs regardless of what
the --with-config option is set too.
For example, if --with-config=kernel then the autoconf test does
not run and we generate build warnings when compiling the kernel
packages.
Gcc versions 4.3.2 and earlier do not support the compiler flag
-Wno-unused-but-set-variable. This can lead to build failures
on older Linux platforms such as Debian Lenny. Since this is
an optional build argument this changes add a new autoconf check
for the option. If it is supported by the installed version of
gcc then it is used otherwise it is omited.
See commit's 12c1acde76 and
79713039a2 for the reason the
-Wno-unused-but-set-variable options was originally added.
This change fixes a kernel panic which would occur when resizing
a dataset which was not open. The objset_t stored in the
zvol_state_t will be set to NULL when the block device is closed.
To avoid this issue we pass the correct objset_t as the third arg.
The code has also been updated to correctly notify the kernel
when the block device capacity changes. For 2.6.28 and newer
kernels the capacity change will be immediately detected. For
earlier kernels the capacity change will be detected when the
device is next opened. This is a known limitation of older
kernels.
Online ext3 resize test case passes on 2.6.28+ kernels:
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/zvol bs=1M count=1 seek=1023
$ zpool create tank /tmp/zvol
$ zfs create -V 500M tank/zd0
$ mkfs.ext3 /dev/zd0
$ mkdir /mnt/zd0
$ mount /dev/zd0 /mnt/zd0
$ df -h /mnt/zd0
$ zfs set volsize=800M tank/zd0
$ resize2fs /dev/zd0
$ df -h /mnt/zd0
Original-patch-by: Fajar A. Nugraha <github@fajar.net>
Closes#68Closes#84
Added insert_inode_locked() helper function, prior to this most callers
used insert_inode_hash(). The older method doesn't check for collisions
in the inode_hashtable but it still acceptible for use. Fallback to
using insert_inode_hash() when insert_inode_locked() is unavailable.
To support automatically mounting your zfs on filesystem on boot
a basic init script is needed. Unfortunately, every distribution
has their own idea of the _right_ way to do things. Rather than
write one very complicated portable init script, which would be
invariably replaced by the distributions own anyway. I have
instead added support to provide multiple distribution specific
init scripts.
The correct init script for your distribution will be selected
by ZFS_AC_DEFAULT_PACKAGE which will set DEFAULT_INIT_SCRIPT.
During 'make install' the correct script for your system will
be installed from zfs/etc/init.d/zfs.DEFAULT_INIT_SCRIPT to the
usual /etc/init.d/zfs location.
Currently, there is zfs.fedora and a more generic zfs.lsb init
script. Hopefully, the distribution maintainers who know best
how they want their init scripts to function will feedback their
approved versions to be included in the project.
This change does not consider upstart jobs but I'm not at all
opposed to add that sort of thing.
The open_bdev_exclusive() function has been replaced (again) by the
more generic blkdev_get_by_path() function. Additionally, the
counterpart function close_bdev_exclusive() has been replaced by
blkdev_put(). Because these functions are more generic versions
of the functions they replaced the compatibility macro must add
the FMODE_EXCL mask to ensure they are exclusive.
Closes#114
The new prefered inteface for evicting an inode from the inode cache
is the ->evict_inode() callback. It replaces both the ->delete_inode()
and ->clear_inode() callbacks which were previously used for this.
The fsync() callback in the file_operations structure used to take
3 arguments. The callback now only takes 2 arguments because the
dentry argument was determined to be unused by all consumers. To
handle this a compatibility prototype was added to ensure the right
prototype is used. Our implementation never used the dentry argument
either so it's just a matter of using the right prototype.
The const keyword was added to the 'struct xattr_handler' in the
generic Linux super_block structure. To handle this we define an
appropriate xattr_handler_t typedef which can be used. This was
the preferred solution because it keeps the code clean and readable.
ZFS even under Solaris does not strictly require libshare to be
available. The current implementation attempts to dlopen() the
library to access the needed symbols. If this fails libshare
support is simply disabled.
This means that on Linux we only need the most minimal libshare
implementation. In fact just enough to prevent the build from
failing. Longer term we can decide if we want to implement a
libshare library like Solaris. At best this would be an abstraction
layer between ZFS and NFS/SMB. Alternately, we can drop libshare
entirely and directly integrate ZFS with Linux's NFS/SMB.
Finally the bare bones user-libshare.m4 test was dropped. If we
do decide to implement libshare at some point it will surely be
as part of this package so the check is not needed.
If libselinux is detected on your system at configure time link
against it. This allows us to use a library call to detect if
selinux is enabled and if it is to pass the mount option:
"context=\"system_u:object_r:file_t:s0"
For now this is required because none of the existing selinux
policies are aware of the zfs filesystem type. Because of this
they do not properly enable xattr based labeling even though
zfs supports all of the required hooks.
Until distro's add zfs as a known xattr friendly fs type we
must use mntpoint labeling. Alternately, end users could modify
their existing selinux policy with a little guidance.
ZFS works best when it is notified as soon as possible when a device
failure occurs. This allows it to immediately start any recovery
actions which may be needed. In theory Linux supports a flag which
can be set on bio's called FAILFAST which provides this quick
notification by disabling the retry logic in the lower scsi layers.
That's the theory at least. In practice is turns out that while the
flag exists you oddly have to set it with the BIO_RW_AHEAD flag.
And even when it's set it you may get retries in the low level
drivers decides that's the right behavior, or if you don't get the
right error codes reported to the scsi midlayer.
Unfortunately, without additional kernels patchs there's not much
which can be done to improve this. Basically, this just means that
it may take 2-3 minutes before a ZFS is notified properly that a
device has failed. This can be improved and I suspect I'll be
submitting patches upstream to handle this.
One of the neat tricks an autoconf style project is capable of
is allow configurion/building in a directory other than the
source directory. The major advantage to this is that you can
build the project various different ways while making changes
in a single source tree.
For example, this project is designed to work on various different
Linux distributions each of which work slightly differently. This
means that changes need to verified on each of those supported
distributions perferably before the change is committed to the
public git repo.
Using nfs and custom build directories makes this much easier.
I now have a single source tree in nfs mounted on several different
systems each running a supported distribution. When I make a
change to the source base I suspect may break things I can
concurrently build from the same source on all the systems each
in their own subdirectory.
wget -c http://github.com/downloads/behlendorf/zfs/zfs-x.y.z.tar.gz
tar -xzf zfs-x.y.z.tar.gz
cd zfs-x-y-z
------------------------- run concurrently ----------------------
<ubuntu system> <fedora system> <debian system> <rhel6 system>
mkdir ubuntu mkdir fedora mkdir debian mkdir rhel6
cd ubuntu cd fedora cd debian cd rhel6
../configure ../configure ../configure ../configure
make make make make
make check make check make check make check
This change also moves many of the include headers from individual
incude/sys directories under the modules directory in to a single
top level include directory. This has the advantage of making
the build rules cleaner and logically it makes a bit more sense.
Add the initial products from autogen.sh. These products will
be updated incrementally after this point as development occurs.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Add autoconf style build infrastructure to the ZFS tree. This
includes autogen.sh, configure.ac, m4 macros, some scripts/*,
and makefiles for all the core ZFS components.
The script has been updated to download the latest documentations
packages for Solaris and extract the needed ZFS man pages. These
will still need a little markup to handle changes between the
Solaris and Linux versions of ZFS. Howver, they should be pretty
minor I've tried hard to keep the interface the same.
In additional to the script update the zdb, zfs, and zpool man
pages have been added to the repo.